-
1 отрицание конъюнкции
negation of conjunction мат., nonconjunctionРусско-английский научно-технический словарь Масловского > отрицание конъюнкции
-
2 отрицание конъюнкции
1) Mathematics: negation of conjunction2) Information technology: nonconjunctionУниверсальный русско-английский словарь > отрицание конъюнкции
-
3 NE
a negative particle (poet.) with a verb,1) not;út þú ne kemr, thou comest not out;sól þat ne vissi, hvar hún sali átti, the sun knew not, etc.;2) ne einn, not one;lifa þeir ne einir þriggja tega manna, not one of those thirty men is left;ne einu sinni, not once;preceded by a negation, any = neinn (vórum vér ekki mjök við búnir ne einum úfriði).* * *or né, a negative conjunction. The Goth. makes a distinction between ni = A. S. ne, O. H. G. ni; and the compound particle nih, from ni + the suffix uh, O. H. G. noh, Germ. noch, Lat. nec, of which Icel. né is a contr. form; etymologically, therefore, the single particle ought to be written ne and the compound né; but this distinction is not made. The particle ne is not found out of composition except in ancient poetry; it is found as a prefix in the compounds neinn, nekkverr, nema (q. v.), qs. ne-einn, ne-hverr, ne-ifa.A. The single particle, not:1. with a verb, sól þat né vissi, máni þat né vissi, stjörnur þat né vissu, Vsp. 5; óð þau né höfðu, 18; löst né vissi, Skv. 3. 5; né fá, Hm. 92; finna né máttu, 46; ek né kunna, 11; né þat máttu, Hým. 4; né sváfu, Þd. 6:—with subj., út þú né komir, Vþm. 7:—ef né, if not, unless, were it not that …; ef þú geldr né værir, Hkv. Hjörv. 20; ef þú sverðs né nytir, Fm. 29:—with a double negation, svá at mér mann-gi mat né bauð, Gm. 2; aptr né komið, 20; ef föður né áttað, Fm. 3; hví né lezkaðu, Ls. 47; né máttuð, Kormak; né hlöðut, Vellekla; þar er hrafn né svalt-a, Ó. H. (in a verse); sofa þeir né máttuð, Gkv. 2. 3:—the negation is understood, niðjar hvöttu Gunnar né náungr annarr, rýnendr né ráðendr, né ( nor) þeir er ríkir vóru, Akv. 9,2. used to begin a verse or sentence in a running narrative, answering to ok (which see A. III); né hamfagrt höldum þótti skáldfé mitt, Ad. 7; né þat máttu, Hým. 2; né hann konu kyssa görði né ( nor) …, Skv. 3. 4; né ek þat vilda at mik ver ætti, 35; né djúpakorn drápu, Þd. 10.II. with an adverb or noun; né sjaldan, not seldom, Fms. xi. 198 (in a verse); né allvel, not over-well, Skv. 1. 49; gumnum hollr né gulli, fond of men not of gold, Hkr. i. (in a verse).2. but esp. in né einn, not one, none (cp. Early Lat. noenus = ne unus), also not any; lifa þeir né einir, Gkv. 3. 5; né einu sinni, not once, Fms. xi. 13; kvaðsk eigi muna at hann hefði heit strengt né eins, 112; hann lét þá af at eggja konung á né eina herferð, vii. 28; vórum vér ekki mjök við búnir við né einum lífriði, iv. 73; né eina sekð, Grág. i. 136; né eitt úhreint, Stj. 409; allir duldu at né eitt vissi til Hrapps, Nj. 133; eigi finnsk sá né einn, Fas. i. 243; eigi né eins staðar, not anywhere, Stj. 618; eigi vill hann at né einn tortryggi, Hom. (St.); eigi … at ek hafa né eina manns konu tekit, Þorst. Síðu H. 5; hann fyrir-bauð né einum leikmönnum, at …, Bs. i. 702.3. in composition in ne-kkverr and n-ema, q. v.B. The compound particle né preceded by a negation, neither … nor, not … nor, as a disjunctive copula between two nouns or sentences; at þú gáir eigi þings né þjóðans mála, Hm. 115; skósmiðr þú verit né skeptismiðr, 127; óð þau né ( not) áttu, lá né ( neither) læti né ( nor) litu góða, Vsp. 18; svefn þú né ( not) sefr né ( nor) um sakar dæmir, Skv. I. 29; varat harm yðr um likr, né …, 36; vilkat ek mann trauðan né torbænan, 49.2. in prose; þú skalt þá eigi með örum raufa né sverði slá, Stj. 620; höggormr hefir þar eigi vist né froskr, né ekki ( nor any) eitr-kykvendi, 655 xii. 2; má af öngum fremjask né fullkomask, nema biskupi, K. Á. 22; eigi meira né skemra, Fms. xi. 304:—irregular usage, því at eins ( only in that case) ferjanda né ( nor) festum helganda, nema (if, unless), i. e. neither … nor … unless, Nj. 240.3. the negation may also be indirect or understood; né sé þess örvænt at hér verði grátr né stynr, Niðrst. 7; fen né forað (= fen eðr forað), Gþl. 382 A; linar lítið dag né nótt, Bs. ii. 49; fár treystisk eld at ríða né yfir stíga, Fas. i. (in a verse); síð muntú hringum ráða né Röðuls-völlum, Hkv. Hjörv. 6, where the negation lies in örvænt, lítið, fár, síð: as also in ironical questions, hvat megi fótr fæti veita, né holdgróin hönd annarri, i. e. what? to which a negative answer is expected.II. in hvárgi … né, neither … nor; hvárrgi þeirra, Erlingr né féhirðinn, neither of them, E. nor the shepherd, Fr.; hvárngan ykkarn, Hákon né þik, Fb. i. 182:—hvárki … né, neither … nor, hvárki fyrir forboðan né taksetningar, H. E. i. 419; hvárki af dæmum né ástar hirtingum, 677. 6; hvárki gull né jarðir, Skv. 3. 37; hvárki styn né hósta, Nj.; hvárki gott né íllt, and so in countless instances.III. if the sentence has three or more limbs; hvárki … né … né, neither … nor … nor; or also hvárki … né … eðr, neither … nor … or; thus, lá né læti, né litu góða, Vsp.; fals né flærð eða rangindi, Fms. ix. 330; the former is more emphatic, see hvárrgi B. III. -
4 закон
act, law, principle* * *зако́н м.
law; rule; principleизменя́ться по (за́данному) зако́ну — change [vary] in a (predetermined) manner [fashion]сигна́л изменя́ется по зако́ну модули́рующего напряже́ния — the signal follows the modulating voltageнаходи́ть по зако́ну — find [determine, give] by the lawзако́н о том, что … — the law that …по зако́ну — under the lawподчиня́ться зако́ну — obey the lawсогла́сно зако́ну — by [according to] the lawзако́н Авога́дро — Avogadro's hypothesis, Avogadro's lawзако́н аддити́вности — additivity law, principle of additivityадиабати́ческий зако́н — adiabatic lawзако́н Архиме́да — Archimedes' principleзако́н ассоциати́вности — associative lawзако́н Бабо́ ( в физической химии) — Babo's lawзако́н Бавено́ крист. — Baveno twin lawзако́н Берну́лли ( в теории вероятностей) — Bernoulli's theoremзако́н биномиа́льного распределе́ния — binomial(-distribution) lawзако́н Би́о—Сава́ра ( в электродинамике) — Biot-Savart's lawзако́н Бо́йля—Марио́тта — Boyle's law, Mariotte's lawзако́н Бо́льцмана ( в статистической механике) — Boltzmann distribution lawзако́н больши́х чи́сел — law of large numbers, law of averagesзако́н Бу́гера-Ламбе́рта-Бе́ера ( в аналитической химии) — Bouguer-Lambert-Beer law, Beer-Lambert-Bouguer lawзако́н Вант-Го́ффа — Van't Hoff lawвероя́тностный зако́н — probability law, law of probabilityзако́н взаи́мности ( в теории чисел) — reciprocity lawзако́н взаи́мности квадра́тных вы́четов — quadratic reciprocity lawзако́н взаимозамести́мости кфт. — reciprocity law, Bunsen-Roscoe lawзако́н виртуа́льных скоросте́й — law of virtual velocitiesзако́н возраста́ния энтропи́и — law of degradation of energyзако́н всеми́рного тяготе́ния Ньюто́на — (Newton's) law of gravitationзако́н Ге́йгера—Нетто́ла яд. физ. — Geiger-Nuttall ruleзако́н Гей-Люсса́ка ( в термодинамике) — Gay-Lussac's law, combining volumes principle, Charle's lawзако́н Ге́нри ( в термодинамике) — Henry's lawзако́н Ге́сса ( в термохимии) — Hess's law, law of constant heat summationгиперболи́ческий зако́н — hyperbolic lawзако́н Грэ́ма ( в коллоидной химии) — Graham's lawзако́н Гу́ка ( в механике) — Hooke's lawзако́н Дальто́на ( в кинетической теории газов) — Dalton's law, law of partial pressuresзако́н Да́рси ( в гидродинамике) — Darcy's lawзако́н движе́ния электро́нов в электри́ческом по́ле — behavior of electrons in an electric fieldзако́н двойно́го отрица́ния — law of double negationдвучле́нный зако́н — binomial lawзако́н де́йствия и противоде́йствия — law of action and reactionзако́н де́йствующих масс — law of mass action, mass action lawзако́н Джо́уля—Ле́нца — Joule's lawзако́н дистрибути́вности — distributive lawзако́н дистрибути́вности дизъю́нкции относи́тельно конъю́нкции — distributive law of disjunction over conjunctionзако́н дистрибути́вности конъю́нкции относи́тельно дизъю́нкции — distribution law of conjunction over disjunctionзако́н идеа́льного га́за — ideal gas lawзако́н излуче́ния Пла́нка — Planck distribution law, Planck radiation formulaзако́н излуче́ния Рэ́лея—Джи́нса ( в статистической механике) — Rayleigh-Jeans lawзако́н ине́рции — Galileo's law of inertia, first law of motionзако́н исключё́нного тре́тьего — law of the excluded middleквадрати́чный зако́н — square lawква́нтовый зако́н — quantum lawзако́н Ке́плера астр. — Kepler's lawзако́ны Кирхго́фа — Kirchhoff's lawsзако́н Кольра́уша ( в физической химии) — Kohlrausch's lawзако́н коммутати́вности — commutative lawзако́н конве́кции — raw or convectionзако́н ко́синуса — cosine lawзако́н кра́сного смеще́ния астр. — the red-shift law, Hubble lawзако́н кра́тных отноше́ний — (Dalton's) law of multiple proportionsзако́н Куло́на — Coulomb's lawлине́йный зако́н — linear lawзако́н ма́лых чи́сел — law of small numbersзако́н Менделе́ева, периоди́ческий — Mendeleev's periodic lawзако́н наиме́ньшего де́йствия — principle of least actionнеква́нтовый зако́н — unquantized lawзако́ны меха́ники Нью́тона — Newton's laws of motionзако́н обрати́мости опт. — principle of reversibilityзако́н обра́тных квадра́тов — inverse-square lawзако́н объё́мных отноше́ний — law of combining volumesзако́н О́ма — Ohm's lawосновно́й зако́н — fundamental lawзако́н оши́бок — error functionзако́н паё́в — law of multiple proportionsзако́н парциа́льных давле́ний — Dalton's law, law of partial pressuresзако́н Паска́ля ( в гидростатике) — Pascal's lawзако́н Па́шена ( в теории газовых разрядов) — Paschen's lawперемести́тельный зако́н — commutative lawзако́н площаде́й — law of areasзако́н поглоще́ния — law of absorptionзако́н подо́бия — scaling [similarity, similitude] lawзако́н по́лного то́ка — Ampere's circuital lawзако́н постоя́нства соста́ва — law of constant [definite] proportionsзако́н постоя́нства сумм тепла́ ( в термохимии) — Hess's law, law of constant heat summationзако́н постоя́нства угло́в — law of constant anglesзако́н преобразова́ния — transformation lawзако́н простра́нственного заря́да — spacecharge lawзако́н просты́х объё́мных отноше́ний — Gay-Lussac's law, combining volumes principle, Charle's lawзако́н противоре́чия — law of contradictionзако́н Пуазё́йля ( закон ламинарного течения вязкой жидкости через тонкую трубку) — Poiseuille's lawзако́н равноме́рного распределе́ния — equipartition lawзако́н радиоакти́вного распа́да — radioactive decay lawзако́н радиоакти́вного смеще́ния — radioactive-displacement lawзако́н развё́ртывания — law of developmentзако́н распределе́ния — distribution [partition] lawзако́н распределе́ния вероя́тностей — probability [distribution] lawзако́н распределе́ния оши́бок — law (of propagation) of errorsраспредели́тельный зако́н — distributive lawзако́н Рау́ля ( в физической химии) — Raoult's lawзако́н регули́рования — control (mode), control actionзако́н регули́рования, астати́ческий — integral control (mode [action]), I-control (mode [action])зако́н регули́рования, изодро́мный — proportional-plus-integral control [PI-control] (action)зако́н регули́рования, изодро́мный с предваре́нием [по произво́дной] — proportional-plus integral-plus derivative control [PID-control] (action)зако́н регули́рования, стати́ческий — proportional control (mode [action]), P-control (mode [action])зако́н рефлекти́вности — reflexive lawзако́н Рэ́лея ( в теории рассеяния света) — Rayleigh lawзако́н самодистрибути́вности — self-distributive lawзако́н свобо́дного паде́ния — free-fall lawзако́н симме́трии — symmetry lawзако́н си́нусов — sine lawзако́н сло́жных проце́нтов — law of compound interestзако́н случа́йных оши́бок — law of accidental errorsзако́н смеще́ния Ви́на — Wien's (displacement) lawзако́н сохране́ния коли́чества движе́ния — law of conservation of momentumзако́н сохране́ния ма́ссы — law of conservation of massзако́н сохране́ния мате́рии — law of conservation of matterзако́н сохране́ния эне́ргии — law of conservation of energyсочета́тельный зако́н — associative lawзако́н тавтоло́гии — law of tautologyзако́н термодина́мики — law of thermodynamicsзако́н то́ждества — law of identity, idempotent lawзако́н транзити́вности — transitive lawзако́н трёх вторы́х — three-halves power lawзако́н тройно́го отрица́ния — law of triple negationзако́н тяготе́ния Эйнште́йна — Einstein's law of gravitation, Einstein's field equationsзако́н упру́гости — law of elasticityзако́ны Фараде́я ( основные законы электролиза) — Faraday's laws of electrolysisзако́н Фараде́я—Ма́ксвелла—Ле́нца — Faraday's law of induction, law of electromagnetic inductionзако́н хими́ческих эквивале́нтов — law of multiple proportionsзако́н це́лых чи́сел — law of rational inducesзако́н Эйнште́йна ( в фотохимии) — Einstein law of photochemical equivalencesзако́н эквивале́нтов — law or multiple proportionsэкспоненциа́льный зако́н — exponential law* * * -
5 закон
м. law; rule; principleзакон Гейгера—Неттола — Geiger-Nuttall rule
закон дистрибутивности дизъюнкции относительно конъюнкции — distributive law of disjunction over conjunction
закон дистрибутивности конъюнкции относительно дизъюнкции — distribution law of conjunction over disjunction
закон излучения Рэлея—Джинса — Rayleigh-Jeans law
разъяснить смысл правовой нормы, закона — to clarify the law
преступление, караемое по закону — offence punishable by law
предстать перед судом; ответить по закону — to answer in law
Антонимический ряд: -
6 plus
c black plus [ply]━━━━━━━━━4. conjunction━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque plus fait partie d'une locution comme d'autant plus, non... plus, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <► ne... plus not any more• je ne reviendrai plus/plus jamais I won't/I'll never come back again• elle n'est plus très jeune she's not as young as she used to be► plus de + nom2. <a. (avec verbe) more━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec la terminaison er.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son comparatif est formé avec ier.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur comparatif avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Attention aux comparatifs irréguliers.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━d. (locutions)• il y aura plus de 100 personnes there will be more than or over 100 people• il roulait à plus de 100 km/h he was driving at more than or over 100km per hour► à plus ! (inf) see you later!► plus que + adjectif ou adverbe• j'en ai plus qu'assez ! I've had more than enough of this!► de plus ( = en outre) (en tête de phrase) moreover• c'est dangereux, de plus c'est illégal it's dangerous, and what's more, it's illegal• vous n'avez pas une chaise en plus ? you wouldn't have a spare chair?• en plus de cela on top of that► en plus + adjectif• il ressemble à sa mère, mais en plus blond he's like his mother only fairer• je cherche le même genre de maison en plus grand I'm looking for the same kind of house only bigger► ... et plus• il est compétent, mais ni plus ni moins que sa sœur he's competent, but neither more nor less so than his sister► plus... moins the more... the less• plus on le connaît, moins on l'apprécie the more you get to know him, the less you like him► plus... plus the more... the more• plus il en a, plus il en veut the more he has, the more he wants► plus ou moins ( = à peu près, presque) more or less• ils utilisent cette méthode avec plus ou moins de succès they use this method with varying degrees of success► qui plus est moreover3. <a. ► le plus + verbe mostb. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe court━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison est.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison iest.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur superlatif avec most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━c. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe long━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec the most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━d. ► le plus de + nom the moste. (locutions)► le plus... possible• ça vaut 100 € au plus it's worth 100 euros at the most• il a trente ans, tout au plus he's thirty at most• rappelle-moi au plus vite call me back as soon as possible► des plus + adjectif4. <• tous les voisins, plus leurs enfants all the neighbours, plus their children5. <c black b. ( = avantage) plus• ici, parler breton est un plus indéniable being able to speak Breton is definitely a plus here━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━✦ The s of plus is never pronounced when used in negatives, eg il ne la voit plus. When used in comparatives the s is generally pronounced s, eg il devrait lire plus, although there are exceptions, notably plus preceding an adjective or adverb, eg plus grand, plus vite. Before a vowel sound, the comparative plus is pronounced z, eg plus âgé.* * *
I
1. ply, plys, plyz8 plus 3 égale 11 — 8 and ou plus 3 equals 11
plus 10° — plus 10°
2.
adverbe de comparaison1) ( modifiant un verbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif)je ne peux pas faire plus — I can do no more, I can't do any more
plus j'y pense, moins je comprends — the more I think about it, the less I understand
qui plus est — furthermore, what's more
2) ( modifiant un adjectif) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) mostc'est le même modèle en plus petit — it's the same model, only smaller
3) ( modifiant un adverbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) mosttrois heures plus tôt/tard — three hours earlier/later
plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué — the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be
3.
adverbe de négationelle ne fume plus — she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes
plus besoin de se presser — (colloq) there's no need to hurry any more
il n'y a plus d'œufs — there are no more eggs, there aren't any eggs left
j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture! — I went into the garage, the car was gone!
plus que trois jours avant Noël! — only three days left ou to go until Christmas!
4.
plus de déterminant indéfini1) ( avec un nom dénombrable)plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries — the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have
il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place — quite a few people would like to be in his/her position
je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi — I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did
3) ( avec un numéral)il était déjà bien plus de onze heures — it was already well past ou after eleven o'clock
5.
au plus locution adverbiale at the most
6.
de plus locution adverbiale1) ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more2) ( en supplément)une fois de plus — once more, once again
9% de plus — 9% more
7.
en plus locutionle même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus — the same model, only with a sunroof
les taxes en plus — plus tax, tax not included
II plysnom masculin invariable1) Mathématique plus2) (colloq) ( avantage) plus (colloq)
••
plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally usedplus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi]1 adjectifs et adverbes courtsEn règle générale on ajoute ‘-er’ à la fin de l'adjectif/adverbe: plus grand/petit/simple = taller/smaller/simpler; plus longtemps/vite = longer/faster- pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big/bigger, sad/sadder, dim/dimmer, wet/wetter etc- attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient sunnier, pretty/prettier, happy/happier etc2 adjectifs et adverbes longsOn ajoute more devant le mot: plus beau/compétent/intéressant = more beautiful/competent/interesting; plus facilement/sérieusement = more easily/seriously- certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple peut produire simpler ou more simple, handsome/handsomer ou more handsome etc- certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec more: callous/more callous, cunning/more cunning- les adverbes se terminant par ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec more: quickly/more quickly, slowly/more slowly etc1 adjectifs et adverbes courtsEn règle générale on ajoute ‘(e)st’ à la fin du mot: le plus grand/petit/simple = the tallest/smallest/simplest; le plus longtemps/vite = the longest/fastest- pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big- the biggest, sad- the saddest, dim- the dimmest etc- attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient the sunniest, pretty/the prettiest, happy/the happiest etc2 adjectifs et adverbes longsOn ajoute the most devant le mot: le plus beau/compétent/intéressant = the most beautiful/competent/interesting; le plus facilement/sérieusement = the most easily/seriously- certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple/the simplest ou the most simple, clever/the cleverest ou the most clever etc- certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec the most: callous/the most callous, cunning/the most cunning etc- les adverbes en ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec the most: quickly/the most quickly, slowly/the most slowly etcAttention: lorsque la comparaison ne porte que sur deux éléments on utilise la forme du comparatif: le plus doué des deux = the more gifted of the two; la voiture la plus rapide des deux = the faster carL'expression le plus possible est traitée avec possibleOn trouvera ci-contre exemples et exceptions illustrant les différentes fonctions de plus. On trouvera également des exemples de plus dans les notes d'usage. Voir l'index* * *ply, plys1. adv1) (négation)ne... plus — no longer, not... any more
Il ne travaille plus ici. — He's no longer working here., He doesn't work here any more.
Je ne veux plus le voir. — I don't want to see him any more., I no longer want to see him.
ne plus avoir de qch; Je n'ai plus d'argent. — I've got no more money., I've got no money left
Je n'ai plus de pain. — I've got no bread left., I've got no more bread.
2) (comparatif: devant un adjectif) moreIl fait un peu plus froid qu'hier. — It's a bit colder than yesterday.
Elle est plus grande que moi. — She's bigger than me.
Il est plus intelligent que son frère. — He's more intelligent than his brother.
3) (comparaison: non suivi d'un adjectif)Il travaille plus. — He works more.
Il travaille plus que moi. — He works more than me.
4)plus de; Il nous faut plus de pain. — We need more bread.
plus de 3 heures — more than 3 hours, over 3 hours
Il y avait plus de dix personnes. — There were more than 10 people.
plus de minuit — after midnight, past midnight
5)de plus; Il a 3 ans de plus que moi. — He's 3 years older than me.
Le voyage a pris trois heures de plus que prévu. — The journey took 3 hours longer than planned.
Il nous faut un joueur de plus. — We need one more player.
6)en plus; 3 kilos en plus — 3 kilos more
J'ai apporté quelques gâteaux en plus. — I brought a few more cakes.
en plus de; Deux personnes sont arrivées en plus de celles qui étaient déjà là. — Two more people came, in addition to those already there.
7)plus... plus... — the more... the more...
Plus il gagne d'argent, plus il en veut. — The more money he earns, the more he wants.
8)Il y a de plus en plus de touristes par ici. — There are more and more tourists round here.
de plus en plus (suivi d'un adjectif) Il fait de plus en plus chaud. — It's getting hotter and hotter.
9)ni plus ni moins — no more, no less
10) (superlatif)le plus; la plus; les plus — the most
C'est le plus grand de la famille. — He's the tallest in his family., (sans adjectif, modifiant un verbe)
C'est ce qu'elle aime le plus. — That's what she likes most.
de plus — what's more, moreover
en plus de cela... — what is more...
2. conjQuatre plus deux égalent six. — 4 plus 2 is 6.
3. nm(= avantage) plus* * *I.plus ⇒ Note d'usageA prép1 ( dans une addition) 8 plus 3 égale 11 8 and 3 equals 11, 8 plus 3 equals 11; on nous a servi du fromage, un dessert plus du café we were served cheese, a dessert and coffee (as well);2 ( pour exprimer une valeur) un jour il faisait moins 5°, le lendemain plus 10° one day it was minus 5°, the next plus 10°.B adv de comparaison1 ( modifiant un verbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) le plus the most; il mange/travaille plus (que moi) he eats/works more (than I do ou than me); tu devrais demander plus you should ask for more; je ne peux pas faire plus I can do no more, I can't do any more, I can't do more than that; elle en sait plus que lui sur le sujet she knows more about the subject than he does; c'est plus que je ne peux supporter it's more than I can bear; elle l'aime plus que tout she loves him/her more than anything; il est plus à plaindre qu'autre chose he's more to be pitied than anything else; c'est plus que bien it's more than just good; elle est plus que jolie she's more than just pretty; il a fait plus que l'embaucher, il l'a aussi formé he did more than just hire him, he also trained him; j'en ai plus qu'assez I've had more than enough; elle mange deux fois/trois fois plus que lui she eats twice/three times as much as he does; plus je gagne, plus je dépense the more I earn, the more I spend; plus j'y pense, moins je comprends the more I think about it, the less I understand; plus ça va as time goes on; qui plus est furthermore, what's more; c'est lui qui m'a le plus appris he's the one who taught me the most; quel pays aimes-tu le plus? which country do you like best?; de plus en plus more and more; il fume de plus en plus he smokes more and more;2 ( modifiant un adjectif) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; deux fois plus vieux/cher twice as old/expensive (que as); trois/quatre fois plus cher three/four times as expensive (que as); il n'est pas plus riche que moi he's no richer than I am ou than me, he isn't any richer than I am ou than me; c'est le même modèle en plus petit it's the same model, only smaller; il est on ne peut plus gentil/désagréable he's as nice/unpleasant as can be; il est plus ou moins fou he's more or less insane; il est plus ou moins artiste he's an artist of sorts; la cuisine était plus ou moins propre the kitchen wasn't particularly clean, the kitchen was clean after a fashion; il a été plus ou moins poli he wasn't particularly polite; ils étaient plus ou moins ivres they were a bit drunk; le plus heureux des hommes the happiest of men; la plus belle de toutes the most beautiful of all; mon vœu le plus cher my dearest wish; l'arbre le plus gros que j'aie jamais vu the biggest tree I've ever seen; son livre le plus court his shortest book; c'est ce qu'il y a de plus beau/important au monde it's the most beautiful/important thing in the world; un livre des plus intéressants a most interesting book; un individu des plus méprisables a most despicable individual; de plus en plus difficile more and more difficult; de plus en plus chaud hotter and hotter;3 ( modifiant un adverbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; trois heures plus tôt/tard three hours earlier/later; deux fois plus longtemps twice as long (que as); trois/quatre fois plus longtemps three/four times as long (que as); ils ne sont pas restés plus longtemps que nous they didn't stay any longer than we did ou than us; il l'a fait plus ou moins bien he didn't do it very well; de plus en plus loin further and further; plus tu te coucheras tard, plus tu auras de mal à te lever the later you go to bed, the harder it'll be for you to get up; plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be; c'est moi qui y vais le plus souvent I go there the most often; ça s'est passé le plus simplement/naturellement du monde it happened quite simply/naturally.C adv de négation elle ne fume plus she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes, she's given up smoking; il n'habite plus ici he no longer lives here, he doesn't live here any more ou any longer; le grand homme n'est plus the great man is no more; elle ne veut plus le voir she doesn't want to see him any more ou any longer, she no longer wants to see him; il a décidé de ne plus y aller he decided to stop going there; je ne veux plus en entendre parler I don't want to hear any more about it; il n'y est plus (jamais) retourné he never went back there (again); plus jamais ça! never again!; nous ne faisons plus ce modèle we no longer do this model, we don't do this model any more ou any longer; il n'a plus vingt ans ( il n'est plus très jeune) he's not twenty any more, he's no longer twenty; nous n'avons plus d'espoir we've no more hope, we no longer have any hope, we've given up hoping; plus besoin de se presser○ there's no longer any need to hurry, there's no more need to hurry, there's no need to hurry any more; il n'y a plus de pain/d'œufs there is no more bread/there are no more eggs, there isn't any bread left/there aren't any eggs left; je ne veux plus de vin I don't want any more wine; il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left; plus rien ne m'intéresse nothing interests me any more; je ne voyais plus rien I could no longer see anything, I couldn't see a thing any more; il n'y a plus personne dans la pièce there's nobody left in the room, there's no longer anybody in the room; il n'y a plus aucun crayon there aren't any pencils left, there are no more pencils; il n'y a plus aucun problème there's no longer any problem; ce n'est plus du courage, c'est de la folie it's no longer bravery, it's foolhardiness; j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture○! I went into the garage, the car was gone○!; ce n'est plus qu'une question de jours it's only a matter of days now; il n'y a plus qu'une solution there's only one solution left; il ne restait plus que quelques bouteilles there were only a few bottles left, there was nothing left but a few bottles; il n'y a plus que lui qui puisse nous aider only he can help us now; plus que trois jours avant les vacances! only three days left ou to go until the vacation!; nous n'avons plus qu'à rentrer à la maison all we can do now is go home; il ne me reste plus qu'à vous remercier it only remains for me to thank you.D plus de dét indéf1 ( avec un nom dénombrable) trois/deux fois plus de livres/verres que three times/twice as many books/glasses as; c'est là que j'ai vu le plus de serpents that's where I saw the most snakes; c'est lui qui a le plus de livres he's got the most books; le joueur qui a le plus de chances de gagner the player who is most likely to win; les jeunes qui posent le plus de problèmes the young people who pose the most problems; c'est le candidat qui a remporté le plus de voix he's the candidate who won the most votes; plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have; il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place quite a few people would like to be in his/her position;2 ( avec un nom non dénombrable) je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did; il n'a pas plus d'imagination que sa sœur he has no more imagination than his sister, he hasn't got any more imagination than his sister; trois/deux fois plus de vin/talent three times/twice as much wine/talent (que as); le joueur qui a gagné le plus d'argent the player who won the most money;3 ( avec un numéral) elle ne possède pas plus de 50 disques she has no more than 50 records; une foule de plus de 10 000 personnes a crowd of more than ou over 10,000 people; il a plus de 40 ans he's over 40, he's more than 40 years old; les gens de plus de 60 ans people over 60; les plus de 60 ans the over-sixties; il était déjà bien plus de onze heures/midi it was already well past ou after eleven o'clock/midday.F de plus loc adv1 ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more;2 ( en supplément) j'ai mangé deux pommes de plus qu'elle I ate two apples more than she did; donnez-moi deux pommes de plus give me two more apples; ça nous a pris deux heures de plus que la dernière fois it took us two hours longer than last time; j'ai besoin de deux heures de plus I need two more hours; il a trois ans de plus que sa sœur he's three years older than his sister; une fois de plus once more, once again; l'augmentation représente 9% de plus que l'année précédente the rise is 9% more than last year.G en plus loc en plus (de cela) on top of that; il est arrivé en retard et en plus (de cela) il a commencé à se plaindre he arrived late and what' s more ou on top of that he started complaining; c 'est le même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus it's the same model, only with a sunroof; c'est tout le portrait de son père, la moustache en plus he's the image of his father, only with a moustache GB ou mustache US; il a reçu 100 euros en plus de son salaire habituel he got 100 euros on top of his usual salary; en plus de son métier d'ingénieur il élève des tatous besides his job as an engineer, he breeds armadillos; les taxes en plus plus tax, tax not included; il s'est passé quelque chose en plus something else happened as well. A note on pronunciation: plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally used. plus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi].II.plus nm1 Math plus; le signe plus the plus sign;2 ○( avantage) plus○; son expérience d'enseignant constitue un plus pour lui his teaching experience is a point in his favourGB ou is a plus○.[ply(s)] adverbeA.[COMPARATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]c'est plus loin it's further ou fartherc'est plus rouge qu'orange it's red rather than ou it's more red than orangec'est plus que gênant it's embarrassing, to say the leastelle a eu le prix mais elle n'en est pas plus fière pour ça she got the award, but it didn't make her any prouder for all thatje veux la même, en plus large I want the same, only biggerencore plus beau more handsome still, even more handsomecinq fois plus cher five times dearer ou as dear ou more expensive2. [avec un verbe] moreje m'intéresse à la question plus que tu ne penses I'm more interested in the question than you thinkB.[SUPERLATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]le plus loin the furthest ou farthestc'est ce qu'il y a de plus original dans sa collection d'été it's the most original feature of his summer collection2. [précédé d'un verbe] mostc'est moi qui travaille le plus I'm the one who works most ou the hardestC.[ADVERBE DE NÉGATION]1. [avec 'ne']2. [tour elliptique]plus de glace pour moi, merci no more ice cream for me, thanks————————[ply(s)] adjectif————————[ply(s)] conjonction3 plus 3 égale 6 3 plus 3 is ou makes 6il fait plus 5º it's 5º above freezing, it's plus 5º2. [en sus de] plusle transport, plus le logement, plus la nourriture, ça revient cher travel, plus ou and accommodation, plus ou then food, (all) work out quite expensiveplus le fait que... plus ou together with the fact that...————————[ply(s)] nom masculinau plus locution adverbiale[au maximum] at the most ou outsideça coûtera au plus 30 euros it'll cost a maximum of 30 euros ou 30 euros at mostde plus locution adverbialemets deux couverts de plus lay two extra ou more placesil est content, que te faut-il de plus? he's happy, what more do you want?un mot/une minute de plus et je m'en allais another word/minute and I would have left10 euros de plus ou de moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?2. [en trop] too manyen recomptant, je trouve trente points de plus on adding it up again, I get thirty points too manyde plus, il m'a menti what's more, he lied to mede plus en plus locution adverbiale[suivi d'un adverbe] more and morede plus en plus dangereux more and more ou increasingly dangerousça devient de plus en plus facile/compliqué it's getting easier and easier/more and more complicated2. [précédé d'un verbe]de plus en plus de locution déterminante[suivi d'un nom comptable] more and more, a growing number of[suivi d'un nom non comptable] more and morede plus en plus de gens more and more people, an increasing number of peopleil y a de plus en plus de demande pour ce produit demand for this product is increasing, there is more and more demand for this productdes plus locution adverbialeson attitude est des plus compréhensibles her attitude is most ou quite understandableen plus locution adverbiale1. [en supplément] extra (avant nom)les boissons sont en plus drinks are extra, you pay extra for the drinks10 euros en plus ou en moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?[en trop] sparea. [à la fin du jeu] I've got one card left overb. [en distribuant] I've got one card too manyet vous emportez une bouteille de champagne en plus! and you get a bottle of Champagne as well ou on top of that ou into the bargain!elle a une excellente technique et en plus, elle a de la force her technique's first-class and she's got strength tooet elle m'avait menti, en plus! not only that but she'd lied to me (as well)!je ne tiens pas à le faire et, en plus, je n'ai pas le temps I'm not too keen on doing it, and besides ou what's more, I've no timeen plus de locution prépositionnelleen plus du squash, elle fait du tennis besides (playing) squash, she plays tenniset plus locution adverbiale45 kilos et plus over 45 kilos, 45 odd kilosni plus ni moins locution adverbialeje te donne une livre, ni plus ni moins I'll give you one pound, no more no lesstu t'es trompé, ni plus ni moins you were mistaken, that's allnon plus locution adverbialeje ne sais pas — moi non plus! I don't know — neither do I ou nor do I ou me neither!on ne peut plus locution adverbialeplus de locution déterminante1. [comparatif, suivi d'un nom] moreelle roulait à plus de 150 km/h she was driving at more than 150 km/h ou doing over 150 km/hil est plus de 5 h it's past 5 o'clock ou after 52. [superlatif, suivi d'un nom]les plus de 20 ans people over 20, the over-20splus... moins locution correlativethe more... the lessplus il vieillit, moins il a envie de sortir the older he gets, the less he feels like going outplus ça va, moins je la comprends I understand her less and less (as time goes on)plus... plus locution correlativethe more... the moreplus je réfléchis, plus je me dis que... the more I think (about it), the more I'm convinced that...plus ça va, plus il est agressif he's getting more and more aggressive (all the time)plus ça va, plus je me demande si... the longer it goes on, the more I wonder if...plus ou moins locution adverbialec'est plus ou moins cher, selon les endroits prices vary according to where you arequi plus est locution adverbialewhat's ou what is moresans plus locution adverbialec'était bien, sans plus it was nice, but nothing moretout au plus locution adverbialec'est une mauvaise grippe, tout au plus it's a bad case of flu, at the most -
7 μή
μή (Hom.+) negative particle, ‘not’: ‘μή is the negative of will, wish, doubt. If οὐ denies the fact, μή denies the idea’ (Rob. 1167). For the Koine of the NT the usage is simplified to such a degree that οὐ is generally the neg. used w. the indicative, and μή is used w. the other moods (B-D-F §426; Rob. 1167).① marker of negation, notⓐ in negative clausesα. in conditional clauses after ἐάν Mt 5:20; 6:15; 10:13; 12:29; 18:3, 16, 35; 26:42; Mk 3:27; 7:3f; 10:30; 12:19; Lk 13:3, 5; J 3:2f, 5, 27 al. After ὸ̔ς ἄν (=ἐάν) Mt 10:14; 11:6; 19:9; Mk 6:11; 10:15; 11:23; Lk 8:18; 18:17. After ὅσοι ἄν Lk 9:5; Rv 13:15. After ὅστις ἄν Ac 3:23. After εἰ in a simple condition (B-D-F §428, 1) Lk 6:4; 1 Ti 6:3. After εἰ in a contrary to fact condition (B-D-F §428, 2; Rob. 1169) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; J 9:33; 15:22, 24; 18:30; 19:11; Ac 26:32; Ro 7:7. εἰ μή if not, except (that), εἰ δὲ μήγε otherwise with verb and elliptically (B-D-F §428, 3; 439, 1; Rob. 1024f; cp. POxy 1185, 30) Mt 5:13; 6:1; 9:17; 11:27; 12:4, 24 and very oft. (GHarder, 1 Cor 7:17: TLZ 79, ’54, 367–72).β. in purpose clauses ἵνα μή in order that…not Mt 5:29f; 7:1; 17:27; Mk 3:9; 4:12; Lk 8:10, 12; 16:28; J 3:20; 7:23; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 4:17; 24:4; Ro 11:25; 15:20 al. ὅπως μή in order that…not Mt 6:18; Lk 16:26; Ac 20:16; 1 Cor 1:29. μὴ ἵνα IRo 3:2. On the inf. w. neg. as periphrasis for purpose clauses s. below.γ. in result clauses ὥστε μή w. inf. foll. (cp. PHib 66, 5) so that not Mt 8:28; Mk 3:20; 1 Cor 1:7; 2 Cor 3:7; 1 Th 1:8; w. impv. foll. 1 Cor 4:5.δ. in interrog. clauses w. an element of doubt: δῶμεν ἢ μὴ δῶμεν; should we pay (them) or should we not? Mk 12:14.ε. in a few relative clauses (B-D-F §428, 4; Mlt. 171; 239f) διδάσκοντες ἃ μὴ δεῖ Tit 1:11 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Deor. 13, 1; PGM 4, 2653 ὸ̔ μὴ θέμις γενέσθαι; CPR I, 19, 17; 2 Macc 12:14; Sir 13:24). The literary language is the source of ᾧ μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα τυφλός ἐστιν 2 Pt 1:9, where the relat. clause has a hypothetical sense. ὅσα μὴ θέλετε Ac 15:29 D. Cp. Col 2:18 v.l. On ὸ̔ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ (v.l. ὸ̔ λύει) 1J 4:3 s. ARahlfs, TLZ 40, 1915, 525.ζ. in a causal clause contrary to the rule, which calls for οὐ: ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα J 3:18 (cp. Epict. 4, 4, 8; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 217 διήμαρτον, ὅτι μὴ ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἡμῶν βίβλοις ἐνέτυχον; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 4; 11, 8; 32; Ath. 14, 2 ὅτι μὴ κοινῶς ἐκείνοις θεοσεβοῦμεν; Dio Chrys. 31, 94; 110.—B-D-F §428, 5; Mlt. 171; 239; Mlt-Turner 284; Rahlfs, loc. cit.).ⓑ w. various moodsα. w. inf. (B-D-F §399, 3; 400, 4; 5; Mlt-Turner 285f)א. after verbs expressing a negative concept, usu. omitted in translation ἀντιλέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι Lk 20:27 (v.l. λέγοντες). ἀπαρνεῖσθαι 22:34. παραιτεῖσθαι Hb 12:19. ἐγκόπτειν τινά Gal 5:7. προσέχειν Mt 6:1. οὐ δύναμαι μὴ I can do nothing else than Ac 4:20.ב. gener., after verbs of saying, reporting, ordering, judging, etc.—in declarative clauses: after ἀποκρίνεσθαι Lk 20:7. λέγειν Mt 22:23; Mk 12:18; Lk 20:27 v.l.; Ac 23:8; AcPlCor 2:19. ὀμνύναι Hb 3:18. θέλειν Ro 13:3. χρηματίζεσθαι Lk 2:26.—In clauses denoting a summons or challenge: after λέγειν Mt 5:34, 39; Ac 21:4; Ro 2:22; 12:3. γράφειν 1 Cor 5:9, 11. κηρύσσειν Ro 2:21. παραγγέλλειν Ac 1:4; 4:18; 5:28, 40; 1 Cor 7:10f (w. acc.); 1 Ti 1:3; 6:17. αἰτεῖσθαι Eph 3:13. εὔχεσθαι 2 Cor 13:7 (w. acc.). χρηματίζεσθαι Mt 2:12. ἀξιοῦν Ac 15:38. βοᾶν 25:24.ג. after predicates that contain a judgment upon the thing expressed by the inf. (with or without the art.; cp. Just., D. 68, 8 ταῦτα τολμῶσι λέγειν μὴ οὕτως γεγράφθαι): καλόν (sc. ἐστιν) 1 Cor 7:1 (ApcEsdr 1, 6, 21); Gal 4:18; cp. Ro 14:21. ἄλογον Ac 25:27 (w. acc.). κρεῖττον ἦν 2 Pt 2:21. αἱρετώτερον ἦν αὐτοῖς τὸ μὴ γεννηθῆναι Hv 4, 2, 6. Cp. δεῖ Ac 27:21 (cp. use w. ἐχρῆν TestJob 37:6).ד. w. gen. of the subst. inf.: τοῦ μή that not (Lat. ne): after verbs of hindering κατέχειν Lk 4:42. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κωλύειν 10:47. κρατεῖσθαι Lk 24:16; cp. ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ…μὴ ἐλθεῖν 17:1.—Also after other expressions: ὀφθαλμοὶ τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν eyes that should not see, ears that should not hear Ro 11:8, 10 (Ps 68:24). In place of a result clause: τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα so that she commits no adultery, if... 7:3.ה. w. subst. inf. after prepositions: εἰς τὸ μή so that…not; to the end that…not Ac 7:19; 1 Cor 10:6; 2 Cor 4:4. W. acc. and inf. foll. 2 Th 2:2; 1 Pt 3:7.—διὰ τὸ μή because…not (PPetr II, 11, 1, 7 [III B.C.] τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀθροῦν ἡμᾶς; 2 Macc 2:11; ApcMos 42 διὰ τὸ μὴ γινώσκειν; Just., D. 95, 1 διὰ τὸ μὴ πάντα φυλάξαι; Tat. 2, 1 διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι) Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f; Lk 8:6; Js 4:2 (w. acc.).—πρὸς τὸ μὴ in order that…not (Ptolem. Pap. aus Alexandria 4, 3 in Witkowski p. 51 πρὸς τὸ μὴ γίνεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸ χρήσιμον; Esth 3:13d, e; Bar 1:19; 2:5) 2 Cor 3:13; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8.ו. w. dat. of the subst. inf. τῷ μή because…not 2 Cor 2:13.ז. w. nom. or acc. of the subst. inf. (2 Esdr 6:8; s. B-D-F §399, 3; s. Rob. 1038) Ro 14:13; 2 Cor 2:1; 10:2; 1 Th 4:6.β. very oft. w. the ptc., in keeping w. the tendency of later Gk. to prefer μή to οὐ; exceptions in B-D-F §430; s. Rob. 1172.א. μή is regularly used to negative the ptc. used w. the article, when the ptc. has a hypothet. sense or refers to no particular person, and has a general mng. (Artem. 4, 22 p. 215, 14 οἱ μὴ νοσοῦντες; ParJer 6:24 ὁ δὲ μὴ ἀκούων; Just., A I, 4, 2 τοὺς μὴ ἐλεγχομένους): ὁ μὴ ὢν μετʼ ἐμοῦ every one who is not with me Mt 12:30ab; Lk 11:23ab; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων J 3:18. πᾶς ὁ μή... Mt 7:26; 1J 3:10ab; 2J 9. πάντες οἱ μή 2 Th 2:12. μακάριοι οἱ μή J 20:29; cp. Ro 14:22. τῶν τὴν ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι Mt 10:28b and oft.ב. w. the ptc. when it has conditional, causal, or concessive sense: πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν Mt 3:10; 7:19. Cp. 9:36; 13:19; Lk 11:24. θερίσομεν μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι we will reap, if we do not become weary (before the harvest) Gal 6:9. μὴ ὄντος νόμου when there is no law Ro 5:13. νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες although they have no law 2:14. μὴ ὢν αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον though I am not under the law 1 Cor 9:20 (cp. TestAbr B 11 p. 115, 22 [Stone p. 78] μὴ ἰδὼν θάνατον). μὴ μεμαθηκώς without having learned (them) J 7:15 (cp. TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 1 [Stone p. 60] μὴ εἰδὼς τίς ἐστιν; TestJob 11:7 μὴ λαμβάνων…ἐνέχυρα; Just., A I, 5, 1 μὴ φροντίζοντες, D. 110, 2 μὴ συνιέντες). μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποδοῦναι but since he could not pay it back Mt 18:25. μὴ βουλόμενος since (God) did not wish to AcPlCor 2:12 (cp. TestAbrB 5 p. 109, 24f [Stone p. 66] μὴ θέλων…παρακοῦσαι).ג. when it is to be indicated that the statement has subjective validity (Just., D. 115, 3 ὡς μὴ γεγενημένου ἱερέως): ὡς μὴ λαβών as though you had not received 1 Cor 4:7. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου vs. 18.ד. but also very freq. where earlier Gk. would require οὐ (on developments s. Schwyzer II 595f; B-D-F §430, 3; Burton §485 [464 Z.]; cp. οὐ 2b; for μή here, cp. Just., A I, 3, 9, 3 ἄνδρες δεκαδύο…λαλεῖν μὴ δυνάμενοι; D. 85, 4 διὰ τοὺς μὴ…συνόντας ἡμῖν; Mel., P. 71, 518f): τὰ μὴ ὄντα what does not exist (in reality, not only in Paul’s opinion) Ro 4:17; 1 Cor 1:28 (Philo, Op. M. 81 τὸ τὰ μὴ ὄντα εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγεῖν; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὄν); Hv 1, 1, 6. τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα what is unseen 2 Cor 4:18ab. τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 Ti 5:13. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα (3 Macc 4:16) Ro 1:28. τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα Hb 12:27. τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 2 Cor 5:21. τυφλὸς μὴ βλέπων Ac 13:11. S. also μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει κατενόησεν Ro 4:19 where, as oft., the main idea is expressed by the ptc.ⓒ in a prohibitive sense in independent clauses, to express a negative wish or a warningα. w. subjunctive let us not, we should not: pres. subj. μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι Gal 5:26. μὴ ἐγκακῶμεν 6:9. μὴ καθεύδωμεν 1 Th 5:6; cp. 1 Cor 5:8. W. aor. subj. μὴ σχίσωμεν αὐτόν J 19:24.β. w. optative (B-D-F §427, 4; Rob. 1170) μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 2 Ti 4:16 (cp. Job 27:5). ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι Gal 6:14 (cp. 1 Macc 9:10; 13:5). Esp. in the formula μὴ γένοιτο (s. γίνομαι 4a) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21.γ. w. pres. impv.א. to express a command that is generally valid (TestReub 2:10) μὴ γίνεσθε ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταί Mt 6:16; cp. vs. 19. μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν vs. 25; Lk 12:22.—Mt 7:1; 10:31; 19:6; Lk 6:30; 10:4, 7; 1 Cor 6:9; 7:5, 12f, 18; Eph 4:26 (Ps 4:5), 29 and oft.ב. to bring to an end a condition now existing (Aeschyl., Sept. 1036; Chariton 2, 7, 5 μὴ ὀργίζου=‘be angry no longer’; PHib 56, 7 [249 B.C.]; PAmh 37, 7; POxy 295, 5; Wsd 1:12 and elsewh. LXX; TestAbr B 9 p. 113, 20 [Stone p. 74]; JosAs 14:11; GrBar 7:6 and ApcMos 16 μὴ φοβοῦ; Just., D. 87, 1 μὴ…λοιπὸν ὑπολάμβανε; Mlt. 122ff) μὴ φοβεῖσθε do not be afraid (any longer) Mt 14:27; 17:7; Lk 2:10; cp. 1:13, 30. μὴ κλαῖε do not weep (any more) 7:13; cp. 23:28 (GrBar16:1) μὴ σκύλλου do not trouble yourself (any further) 7:6; cp. 8:49 v.l. (TestAbr B 2 p. 107, 2 [Stone p. 62] μὴ σκύλλε τὸ παιδάριον).—9:50; Mk 9:39; J 2:16; 6:43. μὴ γράφε do not write (any longer)=it must no longer stand written 19:21. μή μου ἅπτου do not cling to me any longer = let go of me 20:17. μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος vs. 27.—Ac 10:15; 20:10; Ro 11:18, 20; 1 Th 5:19; Js 2:1 and oft.δ. w. aor. impv. (Od. 16, 301; Lucian, Paras. μὴ δότε; 1 Km 17:32; TestJob 45:1 μὴ ἐπιλάθεσθε τοῦ κυρίου) μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω Mt 24:18; Lk 17:31b. μὴ καταβάτω Mt 24:17; Mk 13:15; Lk 17:31a. μὴ γνώτω Mt 6:3.ε. w. aor. subj.א. almost always to prevent a forbidden action fr. beginning (Plut., Alex. 696 [54, 6] μὴ φιλήσῃς=‘don’t kiss’; PPetr II, 40a, 12 [III B.C.]; POxy 744, 11; BGU 380, 19; LXX; TestAbr A 2 p. 79, 8 [Stone p. 6] μὴ ἐνέγκωσιν ἵππους; 16 p. 97, 5 [Stone p. 42] μὴ ἐκφοβήσῃς αὐτόν; TestJob 39:11 μὴ κάμητε εἰκῇ; ParJer 3:5 μὴ ἀπολέσητε τὴν πόλιν; ApcEsdr 7:11 μὴ μνησθῇς; Just., D. 137, 1 μὴ κακόν τι εἴπητε.—This is the sense of μὴ θαυμάσῃς Herm. Wr. 11, 17; s. ב below) μὴ φοβηθῇς Mt 1:20; 10:26 (JosAs 23:15; cp. TestJob 17:6 μὴ φοβηθῆτε ὅλως). μὴ δόξητε 3:9; cp. 5:17. μὴ ἅψῃ Col 2:21. μὴ ἀποστραφῇς Mt 5:42. μὴ κτήσησθε 10:9 and oft. Also w. the third pers. of the aor. subj. μή τις αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ no one is to slight him 1 Cor 16:11. μή τίς με δόξῃ εἶναι 2 Cor 11:16. μή τις ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσῃ 2 Th 2:3. μὴ σκληρύνητε Hb 3:8, 15 (quot. fr. Ps 94:8) is hardly a pres. subj.; it is rather to be regarded as an aor.ב. only rarely to put an end to a condition already existing (the pres. impv. is regularly used for this; s. above 1 cγב) (TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 19 [Stone p. 70] μὴ κλαύσῃς weep no more) μὴ θαυμάσῃς you need no longer wonder J 3:7 (‘you needn’t be surprised’: s. Mlt. 124; 126; and s. א above).ζ. in abrupt expressions without a verb (ParJer 1:7 μὴ κύριέ μου): μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ (we must) not (proceed against him) during the festival Mt 26:5; Mk 14:2. Cp. J 18:40. καὶ μὴ (ποιήσωμεν) Ro 3:8 (B-D-F §427, 4). μὴ ὀκνηροὶ (γίνεσθε) 12:11. Cp. 14:1; Gal 5:13; Eph 6:6 al. (B-D-F §481).ⓐ after verbs of fearing, etc. that…(not), lest B-D-F §370.α. w. pres. subj. (3 Macc 2:23) ἐπισκοποῦντες…μή τις ῥίζα…ἐνοχλῇ Hb 12:15β. w. aor. subj. (Pla., Apol. 1, 17a) φοβηθεὶς μὴ διασπασθῇ Ac 23:10. Also after a pres. 27:17 (cp. Tob 6:15). After βλέπειν in the mng. take care (PLond III, 964, 9 p. 212 [II/III A.D.] βλέπε μὴ ἐπιλάθῃ μηδέν) Mt 24:4; Mk 13:5; Lk 21:8; Ac 13:40; 1 Cor 10:12; Gal 5:15; Hb 12:25. σκοπῶν σεαυτὸν, μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς Gal 6:1. στελλόμενοι τοῦτο, μή τις ἡμάς μωμήσηται 2 Cor 8:20. ὁρᾶν Mt 18:10; 1 Th 5:15. Elliptically, like an aposiopesis ὅρα μή take care! you must not do that! Rv 19:10; 22:9 (B-D-F §480, 5; Rob. 932; 1203).γ. w. fut. ind. instead of the subj. following (X., Cyr. 4, 1, 18 ὅρα μὴ πολλῶν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν χειρῶν δεήσει) βλέπετε μή τις ἔσται Col 2:8; cp. Hb 3:12ⓑ taking the place of a purpose clause=so that…not: w. aor. subj. Mk 13:36; Ac 27:42; 2 Cor 12:6.③ marker of expectation of a negative anwer to a question (B-D-F §427, 2; 4; 440; Rob. 1168; 1175; Mlt-Turner 283).ⓐ in direct questions (X. Eph. 398, 26 H.; Job 1:9; 8:11; TestAbr A 2 p. 79, 9f [Stone p. 6]; B 6 p. 110, 6 [Stone p. 68]; TestJob 15, 6; 27, 1; ApcSed 7:2; ApcMos 8:27) somewhat along the lines ‘it isn’t so, is it, that...?’, with expectation of a neg. answer; in tr. the negation can in fact be variously expressed in a form suggesting that an inappropriate answer would be met with complete dismay, e.g. μή τινος ὑστερήσατε; you didn’t lack anything, did you? Lk 22:35; μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; will one give the person a stone? Mt 7:9; sim. vs. 10; 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 11:11 v.l.; 17:9; J 3:4; 4:12, 33; 6:67; 7:35, 51f; 21:5 (cp. μήτι); Ac 7:28 (Ex 2:14), 42 (Am 5:25); Ro 3:3, 5 (cp. Job 8:3); 9:14, 20 (Is 29:16); 1 Cor 1:13; 9:8f; 10:22 al. μὴ γάρ J 7:41; 1 Cor 11:22.—In cases like Ro 10:18f; 1 Cor 9:4f μή is an interrog. word and οὐ negatives the verb. The double negative causes one to expect an affirmative answer (B-D-F §427, 2; s. Rob. 1173f; Tetrast. Iamb. 17, 2 p. 266 μὴ οὐκ ἔστι χλόη;=‘there is grass, is there not?’).ⓑ in indirect questions whether…not Lk 11:35 (cp. Epict. 4, 5, 18a; Arrian, Anab. 4, 20, 2 μή τι βίαιον ξυνέβη=whether anything violent has happened [hopefully not]; Jos., Ant. 6, 115).④ marker of reinforced negation, in combination w. οὐ, μή has the effect of strengthening the negation (Kühner-G. II 221–23; Schwyzer II 317; Mlt. 187–92 [a thorough treatment of NT usage]; B-D-F §365; RLudwig: D. prophet. Wort 31 ’37, 272–79; JLee, NovT 27, ’85, 18–23; B-D-F §365.—Pla., Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. loc. cit.]; SIG 1042, 16; POxy 119, 5, 14f; 903, 16; PGM 5, 279; 13, 321; LXX; TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 11 [Stone p. 46]; JosAs 20:3; GrBar 1:7; ApcEsdr 2:7; Just., D. 141, 2). οὐ μή is the most decisive way of negativing someth. in the future.ⓐ w. the subj.α. w. aor. subj. (TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 7 οὐ μὴ δυνηθῇς θεάσασθαι; JosAs 20:3; ParJer 2:5; 8:5; ApcSed 12:5; 13:6; Just., D. 141, 2; Ael. Aristid. 50, 107 K.=26 p. 533 D.: οὐ μὴ ἡμῶν καταφρονήσωσι; Diogenes, Ep. 38, 5; UPZ 62, 34; 79, 19) never, certainly not, etc. Mt 5:18, 20, 26; 24:2; Mk 13:2; Lk 1:15; 6:37ab; 10:19; J 8:52; 10:28; 11:26; 13:8; 1 Cor 8:13; Hb 8:12 (Jer 38:34); 13:5; 1 Pt 2:6 (Is 28:16); Rv 2:11; 3:12; 18:21–23 al.—Also in a rhetorical question, when an affirmative answer is expected οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν; will he not vindicate? Lk 18:7. οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό; shall I not drink it? J 18:11. τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ; who shall not fear? Rv 15:4.—In relative clauses Mt 16:28; Mk 9:1; Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5); Ro 4:8 (Ps 31:2); cp. Lk 18:30.—In declarative and interrogative sentences after ὅτι Mt 24:34; Lk 22:16 (οὐκέτι οὐ μή v.l.); J 11:56; without ὅτι Mt 26:29; Lk 13:35.—Combined w. οὐδέ: οὐδʼ οὐ μὴ γένηται (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 122, 4 [6 A.D.]) Mt 24:21 (B-D-F §431, 3).β. w. pres. subj. Hb 13:5 v.l. ἐγκαταλείπω (accepted by Tdf., whereas most edd. read ἐγκαταλίπω)ⓑ w. fut. ind. (En 98:12; 99:10; TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 11 [Stone p. 20] οὐ μή σοι ἀκολουθήσω; GrBar 1:7 οὐ μὴ προσθήσω; ApcEsdr 2:7 οὐ μὴ παύσομαι) οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο Mt 16:22.—Hm 9:5; Hs 1:5; 4:7. Cp. Mt 15:6; 26:35; Lk 10:19 v.l.; 21:33; J 4:14; 6:35b; 10:5 (ἀκολουθήσωσιν v.l.); Hb 10:17. οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν Rv 18:14. οὐ γὰρ μὴ κληρονομήσει Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10 v.l.); but the tradition wavers mostly betw. the fut. and aor. subj. (s. Mlt. and B-D-F loc. cit.).—DELG. M-M. EDNT. -
8 -ne
1.nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].I.Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;2.and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.a.Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:b.ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —B.With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),1.In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.(α).With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):(β).VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—With subj.:2.ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:3.ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).(α).In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:(β).ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—In restrictive clauses:4.sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—In clauses which denote a purpose or result.a.Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:b.haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—Ut... ne separated:c.quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):II.ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.A.In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):B.omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):b.metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:c.vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—With the negative before the verb:C.non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:2.qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;(α).which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.In direct interrogations, with indic.:(β).meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;(γ).so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:(δ).ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:(ε).quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:(ζ).misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—Rarely = num:b.potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):3.est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).I.In gen.:II.ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.) -
9 n'
1.nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].I.Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;2.and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.a.Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:b.ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —B.With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),1.In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.(α).With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):(β).VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—With subj.:2.ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:3.ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).(α).In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:(β).ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—In restrictive clauses:4.sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—In clauses which denote a purpose or result.a.Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:b.haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—Ut... ne separated:c.quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):II.ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.A.In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):B.omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):b.metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:c.vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—With the negative before the verb:C.non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:2.qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;(α).which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.In direct interrogations, with indic.:(β).meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;(γ).so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:(δ).ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:(ε).quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:(ζ).misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—Rarely = num:b.potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):3.est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).I.In gen.:II.ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.) -
10 ne
1.nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].I.Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;2.and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.a.Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:b.ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —B.With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),1.In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.(α).With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):(β).VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—With subj.:2.ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:3.ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).(α).In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:(β).ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—In restrictive clauses:4.sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—In clauses which denote a purpose or result.a.Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:b.haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—Ut... ne separated:c.quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):II.ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.A.In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):B.omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):b.metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:c.vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—With the negative before the verb:C.non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:2.qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;(α).which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.In direct interrogations, with indic.:(β).meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;(γ).so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:(δ).ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:(ε).quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:(ζ).misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—Rarely = num:b.potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):3.est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).I.In gen.:II.ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.) -
11 neque
nĕ-que or nec (used indifferently before vowels and consonants. The notion that nec in class. prose stands only before consonants is wholly unfounded. Ap. Cic. in the Rep. alone we find nec nineteen times before vowels; viz.: nec accipere, 3, 13, 23: nec alios, 2, 37, 62: nec enim, 1, 24, 38; 6, 25, 27: nec esset, 5, 5, 7: nec ex se, 6, 24, 27:I.nec id, 1, 1, 1: nec inportatis, 2, 15, 29: nec in, 6, 23, 25: nec inconstantiam, 3, 11, 18: nec injussu, 6, 15, 15: nec ipsius, 1, 26, 41: nec ipsum, 6, 24, 27: nec ulla, 1, 34, 51: nec ullo, 1, 37, 58: nec una, 2, 1, 2: nec hic, 3, 33, 45: nec hominis, 2, 21, 37: nec hunc, 6, 25, 29. Cf. also such passages as neque reliquarum virtutum, nec ipsius rei publicae,
Cic. Rep. 1, 26, 41:dabo tibi testes nec nimis antiquos nec ullo modo barbaros,
id. ib. 1, 37, 58:nec atrocius... neque apertius,
id. Tull. 1, 2:nec homo occidi nec consulto, etc.,
id. ib. 14, 34. The true distinction is, that in the form nec the negation is more prominent; in the form neque, the connective force of the particle; cf. Hand, Turs. 4, p. 94 sq.), adv. and conj. [ne-que], not; and not, also not.Adv., like ne, in ante-class. Latinity (v. ne, I.) as a general negative particle, = non, not (usually in the form nec. In class. Lat. this usage seems to be confined to certain formulae, as nec opinans, nec procul abesse, nec mancipi, etc.; v. infra): nec conjunctionem grammatici fere dicunt esse disjunctivam, ut: nec legit, nec scribit: cum si diligentius inspiciatur, ut fecit Sinnius Capito, intellegi possit, eam positam esse ab antiquis pro non, ut et in XII. est: AST EI CVSTOS NEC ESCIT, Paul. ex Fest. p. 162 Müll.:II.SI INTESTATO MORITVR, CVI SVVS HERES NEC SIT, etc., Lex XII. Tab. (v. App. III. tab. 5): SI AGNATVS NEC ESCIT, etc., ib.: magistratus nec obedientem civem coërceto,
Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 6:senatori, qui nec aderit, culpa esto,
id. ib. 3, 4, 11:bruti nec satis sardare queunt,
Naev. 1, 4; 1, 7:tu dis nec recte dicis: non aequum facis,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 11:nec recte,
id. As. 1, 3, 3; 2, 4, 65; id. Most. 1, 3, 83; Cat. 30, 4:alter, qui nec procul aberat,
Liv. 1, 25, 10:nec ullus = nullus: cui Parcae tribuere nec ullo vulnere laedi,
Verg. Cir. 269:differentia mancipi rerum et nec mancipi,
Gai. Inst. 2, 18 sq. —Form neque: si quid tibi in illisce suovitaurilibus lactentibus neque satisfactum est, etc., an old formula of prayer in Cato, R. R. 141, 4: neque opinantes insidiatores, Auct. B. Afr. 66; Auct. B. Alex. 75.Conj., in all periods and kinds of composition.A.In gen., = et non, and not, also not.1.Alone.(α).When the negative applies to the principal verb of the clause: multumque laborat, Nec respirandi fit copia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 3 (Ann. v. 437 Vahl.):(β).illa quae aliis sic, aliis secus, nec iisdem semper uno modo videntur, ficta esse dicimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 17, 47:delubra esse in urbibus censeo, nec sequor magos Persarum, quibus, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 10, 26; id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; id. Rep. 2, 1, 2:quae mei testes dicunt, quia non viderunt nec sciunt,
id. Tull. 10, 24:non eros nec dominos appellabant eos... sed patres et deos. Nec sine causā. Quid enim? etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 41, 64:illa, nec invideo, fruitur meliore marito,
Ov. H. 2, 79.—Less freq. when the negative applies to some other word:2.nec inventas illas toto orbe pares vires gloriatur,
Just. 11, 9, 5:et vidi et perii, nec notis ignibus arsi,
Ov. H. 12, 33:Anguibus exuitur tenui cum pelle vetustas, Nec faciunt cervos cornua jacta senes ( = et faciunt non senes),
id. A. A. 3, 77:neque eum aequom facere ait,
Ter. Phorm, 1, 2, 64:nec dubie ludibrio esse miserias suas,
Liv. 2, 23, 14; 2, 14, 2; esp. in the phrases nec idcirco minus, nec eo minus, nec eo secius, neque eo magis;thus: nec idcirco minus,
Cic. de Or. 2, 35, 151:neque eo minus,
Liv. 41, 8, 8; Suet. Oth. 2; id. Vesp. 24:neque eo secius,
Nep. Att. 2, 2:neque eo magis,
id. Eum. 4, 2; id. Paus. 3, 5; id. Att. 8, 5:cum consules in Hernicos exercitum duxissent, neque inventis in agro hostibus, Ferentinum urbem cepissent,
Liv. 7, 9, 1.—So, nec ullus, nec quisquam, for et nullus, et nemo, etc.:3.nec ullo Gallorum ibi viro, etc.,
Liv. 38, 25, 3; Tac. Agr. 16:nec quidquam magis quam ille, etc.,
Curt. 4, 2, 8.—With vero, enim, autem, tamen:B.neque vero hoc solum dixit, sed ipse et sentit et fecit,
Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 229:nec vero jam meo nomine abstinent,
id. Rep. 1, 3, 6: nec enim respexit, etc., id. Clod. et Cur. 4, 4; id. Lael. 10, 32:neque enim tu is es, qui, qui sis nescias,
id. Fam. 5, 12, 6:nec tamen didici, etc.,
id. Rep. 2, 38, 64:neque autem ego sum ita demens, ut, etc.,
id. Fam. 5, 12, 6.—In partic.1.Nec [p. 1202] = ne... quidem, not even (in Liv. and later writers;2.in Cic. dub. since B. and K. read ne... quidem,
Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 7; id. Tusc. 1, 26, 65; id. Cat. 2, 4, 8; cf.Hand, Turs. 4, 105 sqq.): ne quid ex antiquo praeter sonum linguae, nec eum incorruptum, retinerent,
Liv. 5, 33, 11:Maharbal nec ipse eruptionem cohortium sustinuit,
id. 23, 18, 4:nec nos,
id. 3, 52, 9; 34, 32, 9; 37, 20, 8; 38, 23, 3;40, 20, 6: non spes modo, sed nec dilatio,
Just. 11, 8, 4:tam pauper, quam nec miserabilis Irus,
Mart. 6, 77, 1; 5, 70, 6: Juv. 2, 151:interrogatus, an facta hominum deos fallerent, nec cogitata, inquit,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 8; Tac. G. 6:nec ipse,
Suet. Claud. 46; Flor. 1, 15, 3; Lact. 5, 13, 12; Amm. 14, 10, 3.—Nec = etiam non (freq. in Quint.):3.ut, si in urbe fines non reguntur, nec aqua in urbe arceatur,
Cic. Top. 4, 23; id. Fin. 1, 11, 39:nec si quid dicere satis non est, ideo nec necesse est,
Quint. 1, 1, 21:quod in foro non expedit, illic nec liceat,
id. 9, 2, 67; 5, 10, 86; 12, 3, 6;2, 13, 7: sed neque haec in principem,
Tac. A. 4, 34; 3, 29; 2, 82.—Neque (nec)... neque (nec), neither... nor: quae neque Dardaniis campis potuere perire, Nec cum capta capi, nec cum combusta cremari, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 360 Vahl.):4.nam certe neque tum peccavi, cum... neque cum, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 2:nec meliores nec beatiores,
id. Rep. 1, 19, 32:mors nec ad vivos pertineat nec ad mortuos,
id. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:virtus nec eripi nec surripi potest umquam: neque naufragio neque incendio amittitur,
id. Par. 6, 3, 51: neque ego neque Caesar, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1; cf.:haec si neque ego neque tu fecimus,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 23; so,non... nec... neque... neque: perspicuum est, non omni caussae, nec auditori neque personae neque tempori congruere orationis unum genus,
Cic. de Or. 3, 55, 210.—The second nec is rarely placed after a word in the clause ( poet.):nec deus hunc mensā, dea nec dignata cubili est,
Verg. E. 4, 63; id. A. 4, 365; 696:sed nec Brutus erit, Bruti nec avunculus usquam,
Juv. 14, 43.—With a preceding negative, which, however, does not destroy the negation contained in neque... neque:non mediusfidius prae lacrimis possum reliqua nec cogitare nec scribere,
Cic. Att. 9, 12, 1:ut omnes intellegant, nihil me nec subterfugere voluisse reticendo nec obscurare dicendo,
id. Clu. 1, 1:nulla vitae pars neque publicis neque privatis, neque forensibus neque domesticis, neque si tecum agas, neque si cum altero contrahas vacare officio potest,
id. Off. 1, 2, 4:nemo umquam neque poëta neque orator fuit, qui, etc.,
id. Att. 14, 20, 3; 8, 1, 3; Liv. 38, 50, 11.—Neque (nec)... et (que), and et... neque (nec), when one clause is affirmative, on the one hand not... and on the other hand; not only not... but also; or the contrary, on the one hand... and on the other hand not; not only... but also not.a.Neque (nec)... et (que):b.id neque amoris mediocris et ingenii summi et sapientiae judico,
Cic. Att. 1, 20, 1:animal nullum inveniri potest, quod neque natum umquam sit, et semper sit futurum,
id. N. D. 3, 13, 32; id. Off. 2, 12, 43; id. Brut. 58, 198; Caes. B. G. 4, 1; Tac. A. 3, 35:ex quo intellegitur nec intemperantiam propter se fugiendam esse temperantiamque expetendam,
Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 48:perficiam, ut neque bonus quisquam intereat, paucorumque poenā vos omnes jam salvi esse possitis,
id. Cat. 2, 13, 28:sed nec illa exstincta sunt, alunturque potius et augentur cogitatione et memoriā,
id. Lael. 27, 104; Ov. M. 2, 42; 811.—Et... neque (nec):5.ego vero et exspectabo ea quae polliceris neque exigam nisi tuo commodo,
Cic. Brut. 4, 17:patebat via et certa neque longa,
id. Phil. 11, 2, 4:intellegitis et animum ei praesto fuisse, nec consilium defuisse,
id. ib. 13, 6, 13:et... nec... et... et,
id. Tusc. 5, 38, 112.—Neque (nec) non (also in one word, necnon), emphatically affirmative, and also, and besides, and indeed, and:b.nec haec non deminuitur scientia,
Varr. R. R. 1, 4, 4:neque meam mentem non domum saepe revocat exanimata uxor,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2, 3:nec vero non eadem ira deorum hanc ejus satellitibus injecit amentiam,
id. Mil. 32, 86:nec vero Aristoteles non laudandus in eo, quod, etc.,
id. N. D. 2, 16, 44: neque tamen illa non ornant, habiti honores, etc., id. de Or. 2, 85, 347:neque tristius dicere quicquam debeo hac de re, neque non me tamen mordet aliquid,
id. Fam. 3, 12, 2:nec non et sterilis, etc.,
Verg. G. 2, 53; id. A. 8, 461; Suet. Tit. 5.—In Varro and after the Aug. per., nec non (or as one word, necnon) freq. as a simple conjunction = et, and, and likewise, and so too, and also:6.ibi vidi greges magnos anserum, gallinarum, gruum, pavonum, necnon glirium, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 14; Col. 8, 15, 6:nec non et Tyrii per limina laeta frequentes Convenere,
Verg. A. 1, 707; Plin. 13, 22, 38, § 118:nec non etiam poëmata faciebat ex tempore,
Suet. Gram. 23:nec non et ante,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 23, 13:nec non et quasi,
id. 2 Par. 3, 16. —Neque (nec) dum (also in one word, necdum), and not yet, not yet:7.ille autem quid agat, si scis neque dum Romā es profectus, scribas ad me velim,
Cic. Att. 14, 10, 4; Cels. 5, 26, n. 33; Suet. Aug. 10; Juv. 11, 66:necdum tamen ego Quintum conveneram,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 2:necdum etiam audierant inflari classica, necdum Impositos duris crepitare incudibus enses,
Verg. G. 2, 539; id. A. 11, 70.—Strengthened by tamen:philosophi summi, neque dum tamen sapientiam consecuti, nonne intellegunt in summo se malo esse?
Cic. Tusc. 3, 28, 68; id. Att. 6, 3, 3:et necdum (post-Aug.),
and not yet, Plin. Pan. 14, 1.—Nec... quidem; v. quidem.—C.Neque = et ne or neve.1.Expressing negative purpose.(α).After ut (class.):(β).ut ea, quae regie statuit in aratores, praetermittam neque eos appellem, a quibus, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 48, § 115:hortemur liberos nostros, ut animo rei magnitudinem complectantur, neque eis praeceptis quibus utuntur omnes, ut consequi posse confidant, etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 5, 19:peterent ut dediticiis suis parcerent, neque in eum agrum arma inferrent,
Liv. 7, 31, 4; 1, 2, 4; 3, 52, 11; 27, 20, 12.—After ne (not ante-Aug.):2.conspirāsse inde, ne manus ad os cibum ferrent, nec os acciperet datum, nec dentes conficerent,
Liv. 2, 32, 10; 3, 21, 6; 4, 4, 11; 26, 42, 2.—In a prohibition (rare):D.nec id mirati sitis, priusquam, etc.,
Liv. 5, 53, 3:nec a me nunc quisquam quaesiverit, quid, etc.,
id. 9, 9, 9:nec quicquam raptim aut forte temere egeritis,
id. 23, 5, 3.—In contrasts, but not, not however (class.):ubi aetas tantum modo quaestui neque luxuriae modum fecerat,
Sall. C. 24, 3:gloriosa modo neque belli patrandi,
id. J. 88, 4:consulatus sine ulla patrum injuriā, nec sine offensione fuit,
Liv. 3, 55, 1:oppida oppugnata nec obsessa sunt,
id. 5, 12, 5; Plin. Ep. 3, 1, 9; Quint. 8, 6, 74; Tac. Agr. 8. -
12 ὡς
ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, likeⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.ⓑ special usesα. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.α. a substantiveא. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.ⓓ other noteworthy usesα. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, asⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or roleα. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order toⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M. -
13 Т-16
ТАК И (intensif Particle Invar fixed WO1. used to emphasize the intensive, energetic nature of some action or the intensity of some feelingpositivelysimply(may be translated by an intensifier specific to the context, or in conjunction with the Russian verb by a stronger English verb).Комья земли так и выпрыгивали из-под мотыги Харлампо... (Искандер 5). Clods of earth positively flew from under Harlampo's hoe.. (5a).«На диоскурийском базаре, — начал Джамхух, - где бывает очень много народу... в толпе так и шныряют карманщики» (Искандер 5). "At the Dioscurias bazaar," Jamkhoukh began, "where there are a great many people...the crowd simply crawls with pickpockets" (5a).Снег так и валил (Пушкин 2). The snow was falling thick and fast (2a).«А сирень всё около домов растёт, ветки так и лезут в окна, запах приторный» (Гончаров 1). "Lilac always grows close to houses, the branches thrust themselves in at the windows, the smell is so cloying" (1a).Меня это взорвало, мне так и хотелось съездить по его бритой роже, но в такой ситуации нельзя давать волю чувствам, надо сдерживать себя... (Рыбаков 1). I thought I would explode, I wanted to smash his ugly mug so much, but in a situation like that, you can't give vent to your feelings, you must control yourself... (1a).Митя же, заслышав вопль её, так и задрожал... (Достоевский 1). Mitya, hearing her wail, shuddered all over... (1a).2. used for emphasis with verbs denoting actions that occur quickly, unexpectedlyjustsimply....Он (Бородавкин) явился в Глупов и прежде всего подвергнул строгому рассмотрению намерения и деяния своих предшественников. Но когда он взглянул на скрижали, то так и ахнул (Салтыков-Щедрин 1)....He (Wartkin) arrived in Foolov and began by subjecting the plans and actions of his predecessors to a strict examination. But when he looked at the annals he simply gasped (1a).3. used in response to a confirmation of one's or s.o. 's supposition, guess etcjust as I (he etc) thought (said etc)I thought so! I (just) knew it! I (he etc) knew it all along I (he etc) thought (said, knew etc) as much.Накануне вечером ему позвонил по телефону Ландесман, и Штрум ему сказал, что ничего не получается с его оформлением. «Я так и предполагал», - сказал Ландесман... (Гроссман 2). The previous evening, Landesman had phonedViktor had told him of his failure to secure his nomination. "Just as I expected!" Landesman had said.. (2a).«Вы художники? Я так и знал!» (Федин 1). "Are you artists? I knew it!" (1a).Я так и знала, что вы так ответите» (Достоевский 1). "I just knew you'd say that" (1a).«Кстати, он кто, этот Савелий?» - «Прораб», - осторожно сказал Ефим. «Так я и думал» (Войнович 6). "This Savely, by the way-what is he?" "A construction boss," Yefim said warily. "I thought as much" (6a).4. (used with a pfv verb) used to express disagreement with some statement or strong skepticism that some action will take placethere's no way...!as if s.o. would (actually) do sth. you've got to be kidding if you think...! (in limited contexts) fat chance! "Я попросил Аркадия привезти мне книги». - «Так он тебе и привезёт! Нашла кого просить!» "I asked Arkady to bring me (he books." "As if he'd actually bring them to you! You sure picked the right person to ask!"5. (used with a negated verb) used for emphasis when stating that sth. never occurred, was never completed etc: (equivalents incorporate the negation) (one) never (really (actually)) did...(in limited contexts) not once did (one ever).Ответа на заявление я так и не получил (Марченко 1). And I never did get a reply to my protest (1a).Так (я) за всю войну и не увидел, чтобы подбили самолет (Искандер 6). In fact, not once during the course of the war did I ever see one of these planes put out of action (6a).6. used to emphasize that an action takes place in an unobstructed mannerjustsimply. -
14 так и
• ТАК И[intensif Particle; Invar; fixed WO]=====1. used to emphasize the intensive, energetic nature of some action or the intensity of some feeling:- positively;- simply;- [may be translated by an intensifier specific to the context, or in conjunction with the Russian verb by a stronger English verb].♦ Комья земли так и выпрыгивали из-под мотыги Харлампо... (Искандер 5). Clods of earth positively flew from under Harlampo's hoe... (5a).♦ "На диоскурийском базаре, - начал Джамхух, -где бывает очень много народу... в толпе так и шныряют карманщики" (Искандер 5). "At the Dioscurias bazaar," Jamkhoukh began, "where there are a great many people...the crowd simply crawls with pickpockets" (5a).♦ Снег так и валил (Пушкин 2). The snow was falling thick and fast (2a).♦ "А сирень всё около домов растёт, ветки так и лезут в окна, запах приторный" (Гончаров 1). "Lilac always grows close to houses, the branches thrust themselves in at the windows, the smell is so cloying" (1a).♦ Меня это взорвало, мне так и хотелось съездить по его бритой роже, но в такой ситуации нельзя давать волю чувствам, надо сдерживать себя... (Рыбаков 1). I thought I would explode, I wanted to smash his ugly mug so much, but in a situation like that, you can't give vent to your feelings, you must control yourself... (1a).♦ Митя же, заслышав вопль её, так и задрожал... (Достоевский 1). Mitya, hearing her wail, shuddered all over... (1a).2. used for emphasis with verbs denoting actions that occur quickly, unexpectedly:- just;- simply.♦...Он [Бородавкин] явился в Глупов и прежде всего подвергнул строгому рассмотрению намерения и деяния своих предшественников. Но когда он взглянул на скрижали, то так и ахнул (Салтыков-Щедрин 1).... Не [Wartkin] arrived in Foolov and began by subjecting the plans and actions of his predecessors to a strict examination. But when he looked at the annals he simply gasped (1a).3. used in response to a confirmation of one's or s.o.'s supposition, guess etc:- just as I (he etc) thought (said etc);- I thought so!;- I (just) knew it!;- I (he etc) knew it all along;- I (he etc) thought (said, knew etc) as much.♦ Накануне вечером ему позвонил по телефону Ландесман, и Штрум ему сказал, что ничего не получается с его оформлением. "Я так и предполагал", - сказал Ландесман... (Гроссман 2). The previous evening, Landesman had phoned; Viktor had told him of his failure to secure his nomination. "Just as I expected!" Landesman had said... (2a).♦ "Вы художники? Я так и знал!" (Федин 1). "Are you artists? I knew it!" (1a).♦ "Я так и знала, что вы так ответите" (Достоевский 1). "I just knew you'd say that" (1a).♦ "Кстати, он кто, этот Савелий?" - "Прораб", - осторожно сказал Ефим. "Так я и думал" (Войнович 6). "This Savely, by the way-what is he?" "A construction boss," Yefim said warily. "I thought as much" (6a).4. [used with a pfv verb]⇒ used to express disagreement with some statement or strong skepticism that some action will take place:- there's no way...!;- as if s.o. would (actually) do sth.;- you've got to be kidding if you think...!;- [in limited contexts] fat chance!♦ "Я попросил Аркадия привезти мне книги". - "Так он тебе и привезёт! Нашла кого просить!" "I asked Arkady to bring me (he books." "As if he'd actually bring them to you! You sure picked the right person to ask!"5. [used with a negated verb]⇒ used for emphasis when stating that sth. never occurred, was never completed etc:- [equivalents incorporate the negation](one) never (really < actually>) did...;- [in limited contexts] not once did (one ever).♦ Ответа на заявление я так и не получил (Марченко 1). And I never did get a reply to my protest (1a).♦ Так [ я] за всю войну и не увидел, чтобы подбили самолет (Искандер 6). In fact, not once during the course of the war did I ever see one of these planes put out of action (6a).6. used to emphasize that an action takes place in an unobstructed manner:- just;- simply. -
15 ni
ni [ni]• il ne veut pas, ni moi non plus he doesn't want to and neither do I► ni... ni... neither... nor...• elle est secrétaire, ni plus ni moins she's just a secretary, no more no less* * *niNote: On observe que le français et l'anglais fonctionnent de la même façon: il ne jure ni ne se met en colère = he doesn't swear or lose his temper; ni il jure ni il se met en colère = he neither swears nor loses his temper; elle ne veut pas le voir ni lui parler = she doesn't wish to see him or talk to him; elle ne veut ni le voir ni lui parler = she neither wishes to see him nor talk to himelle ne veut ni ne peut changer — she doesn't want to change, nor can she
il ne parle ni anglais, ni allemand, ni espagnol — he speaks neither English, nor German, nor Spanish
••faire quelque chose ni vu ni connu — (colloq) to do something on the sly (colloq)
c'est ni fait ni à faire — (colloq) it's a botched (colloq) job
il n'a fait ni une ni deux — (colloq) he didn't have a second's hesitation
* * *ni conjni... ni... — neither... nor...
Je n'aime ni les lentilles ni les épinards. — I like neither lentils nor spinach.
ni l'un ni l'autre ne sont; ni l'un ni l'autre n'est — neither one nor the other is
Elles ne sont venues ni l'une ni l'autre. — Neither of them came.
Il n'a rien dit ni fait. — He hasn't said or done anything.
* * *ni conj❢ On observe que le français et l'anglais fonctionnent de la même façon: il ne jure ni ne se met en colère = he doesn't swear or lose his temper; ni il jure ni il se met en colère = he neither swears nor loses his temper; elle ne veut pas le voir ni lui parler = she doesn't wish to see him or to talk to him; elle ne veut ni le voir ni lui parler = she neither wishes to see him nor to talk to him.il ne lui a pas offert de cadeau, ni même envoyé de carte d'anniversaire he didn't give her a present or even send her a birthday card; il ne pouvait pas venir chez moi ni moi aller chez lui he couldn't come to my house nor could I go to his house; jamais il n'écrit ni ne téléphone he never writes or phones; rien ni personne ne le convaincra nothing or nobody will convince him; il est sorti sans parapluie ni imperméable he went out without an umbrella or a raincoat; elle ne veut ni ne peut changer she doesn't want to change, nor can she; il n'est ni beau ni laid he's neither handsome nor ugly; ni les menaces ni les promesses ne le feront changer d'avis neither threats nor promises will make him change his mind; il ne parle ni anglais, ni allemand, ni espagnol he speaks neither English, nor German, nor Spanish; il n'a ni le temps ni l'argent pour ce genre d'activité he has neither the time nor the money for that sort of thing; ni l'un ni l'autre neither one nor the other, neither of them; ni elle ni moi ne connaissons la réponse neither she nor I know the answer; il ne m'a dit ni oui ni non he didn't say yes or no; ni dans un sens ni dans l'autre in neither direction; ni plus ni moins no more and no less; ⇒ foi, trompette.faire qch ni vu ni connu○ to do sth on the sly○; c'est ni fait ni à faire○ it's a botched○ job; il n'a fait ni une ni deux○ he didn't hesitate for a second.[ni] conjonctionje ne peux ni ne veux venir I can't come and I don't want to either, I can't come, nor do I want toil ne veut pas qu'on l'appelle, ni même qu'on lui écrive he doesn't want anyone to phone him or even to write to him————————ni... ni locution correlativeneither... noril n'est ni plus sot, ni plus paresseux qu'un autre he's no more silly or lazy than the next man -
16 tum
tum, adv. demonstr., of time [pronom. demonstr. stems to-, ta-; Gr. to, seen in ita, tam, etc.; cf. quom or cum], then.I.Absol.A.Referring to a time previously specified.1.To a definite past time.(α).To a period of time in which something was or happened (opp. later periods) = illis temporibus:(β).is dictu'st ollis popularibus olim Qui tum vivebant homines,
Enn. Ann. v. 308 Vahl.:quod tum erat res in pecore et locorum possessionibus, i. e. Romuli temporibus,
Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 16:cum illi male dicerent, quod tum fieri licebat, i. e. Periclis temporibus,
id. de Or. 3, 34, 138:erat omnino tum mos ut faciles essent in suum cuique tribuendo,
id. Brut. 21, 85; cf. id. Tusc. 1, 46, 111:vastae tum in his locis solitudines erant,
Liv. 1, 4, 6; 2, 6, 8; 3, 29, 3; 4, 6, 12; 42, 62, 11;44, 9, 4: ut tum erant tempora,
Nep. Att. 1, 2; 12, 3; Liv. 1, 3, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 7, 4; 2, 9, 8; 2, 50, 2; 2, 63, 6;39, 6, 7 and 9.—With illis temporibus: nam jam tum illis temporibus fortius... loquebantur quam pugnabant,
Nep. Thras. 2, 4.—Referring to a point of time, then, at that time:(γ).insigneita fere tum milia militum octo Duxit,
Enn. Ann. v. 336 Vahl.: ut jacui exsurgo;ardere censui aedis: ita tum confulgebant,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 15:jam duo restabant fata tum,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 35; id. Cist. 1, 3, 14: quot eras annos gnatus tum, quom, etc.? Me Septuennis, nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum, id. Men. 5, 9, 56; id. Merc. prol. 66; id. Most. 1, 2, 49; id. Am. 2, 1, 56; Ter. And. 1, 1, 82: sic igitur tum se levis ac diffusilis aether... undique flexit. Lucr. 5, 467; 5, 837; 5, 911; 5, 432;5, 942: atque huic anno proximus Sulla consule et Pompejo fuit. Tum P. Sulpicii in tribunatu, cottidie contionantis, totum genus dicendi cognovimus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 306; id. Ac. 2, 22, 69:scribit Eudemum Pheras venisse, quae erat urbs in Thessalia tum admodum nobilis,
id. Div. 1, 25, 53; id. Rep. 2, 37, 63:hi tum in Asia rhetorum principes,
id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Sest. 11, 26; id. Planc. 37, 90; id. Quint. 61, 170; id. Fam. 9, 21, 2:hoc tum veritus Caesar Pharum prehendit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 112:eodem anno a Campanis Cumae, quam Graeci tum urbem tenebant, capiuntur,
Liv. 4, 44, 13; 1, 7, 14; 2, 9, 5;2, 37, 7: praetores tum duos Latium habebat,
id. 8, 3, 9:Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant, dictatorem dixit,
id. 8, 12, 13; 5, 8, 4; 22, 46, 6;1, 7, 12: tum Athenis perpetui archontes esse desierunt,
Vell. 1, 8, 3:tum Cimbri et Teutoni transcendere Rhenum,
id. 2, 8, 3; Val. Max. 1, 5, 3; Tac. H. 4, 49; 3, 57:non timido, non ignavo cessare tum licuit,
Curt. 3, 11, 5:Archiae, qui tum maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2; id. Phoc. 3, 3.—With in eo tempore: eum quem virile secus tum in eo tempore habebat, Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 5.—Repeated by anaphora:quae nox omnium temporum conjurationis acerrima fuit. Tum Catilinae dies exeundi, tum ceteris manendi condicio, tum descriptio... constituta est, tum tuus pater, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 18, 52; cf. Lucr. 5, 1377; 5, 1399.—Esp., referring to a former state, implying that it no longer exists:(δ).quaesivit ex lege illa Cornelia quae tum erat,
Cic. Clu. 20, 55:cum sententias Oppianicus, quae tum erat potestas, palam ferri velle dixisset,
id. ib. 27, 75:Caere, opulento tum oppido,
Liv. 1, 2, 3; 3, 52, 3:praetores aerarii (nam tum a praetoribus tractabatur aerarium), etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 9.—Expressly opposed to present time (hodie, nunc, hoc tempore, etc.; class. and very freq.; but in post-Aug. writers tunc is regularly used): prius non is eras qui eras;(ε).nunc is factu's qui tum non eras,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 138:tu nunc tibi Id laudi ducis quod tum fecisti inopia?
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 25; id. Hec. 3, 3, 48:quae tabula, tum imperio tuo revulsa, nunc a me tamen reportata est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112:tum imperator populi Romani deos patrios reportabat, nunc praetor ejusdem populi eosdem illos deos... auferebat,
id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 77; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 78; 2, 5, 20, § 51; id. Clu. 31, 86; id. Planc. 9, 22; id. Quint. 22, 71; id. Phil. 14, 8, 21; id. Leg. 2, 22, 57; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Liv. 5, 3, 5; 6, 15, 11; 10, 9, 6.—Opposed to another time specified:(ζ).itaque tum eos exire jussit. Post autem e provincia litteras ad conlegium misit, se, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11:itaque ut tum carere rege, sic pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat,
id. Rep. 2, 30, 53; id. Mil. 21, 55:sicut legatorum antea, ita tum novorum colonorum caede imbutis armis,
Liv. 4, 31, 7; 39, 22, 10; 9, 36, 1; 2, 52, 7; 4, 2, 10; 4, 57, 11;21, 17, 1: et tum sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Ide,
Ov. M. 2, 218; Verg. A. 11, 33; Nep. Arist. 2, 3; id. Ham. 11, 7.—In the historians in applying general statements or truths to the state of affairs spoken of: communi enim fit vitio naturae ut invisis atque incognitis rebus... vehementius exterreamur;(η).ut tum accidit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 4; 3, 68; id. B. G. 7, 3; 2, 6; id. B. C. 1, 80:foedera alia aliis legibus, ceterum eodem modo omnia fiunt. Tum ita factum accepimus,
Liv. 1, 24, 4; 1, 32, 14; 21, 31, 12.—Denoting coincidence or inner connection with an action before mentioned = a temporal clause (tum = cum hoc fieret), then, on that occasion:(θ).quis tum non ingemuit?
Cic. Vatin. 13, 31:ne tum quidem hominum venustatem et facetias perspicere potuisti? i. e. cum coronam auream imponebant,
id. Fl. 31, 76: apud imperitos tum illa dicta sunt;nunc agendum est subtilius,
id. Fin. 4, 27, 74:itaque tum Stajenus condemnatus est,
i. e. in that trial, id. Clu. 36, 101; id. Sen. 7, 22:M. Porcius Cato qui, asper ingenio, tum lenem mitemque senatorem egit,
Liv. 45, 25; Val. Max. 8, 3, 3:sed tum supplicia dis... decernuntur,
Tac. A. 3, 64; 3, 72:Graecia tum potuit Priamo quoque flenda videri,
Ov. M. 14, 474.—With the occasion referred to specified in the same clause: Manlius... ex petulanti scurra in discordiis civitatis ad eam columnam tum suffragiis populi pervenerat,
Cic. Clu. 13, 39:emisti tum in naufragio hujus urbis... tum, inquam, emisti ut, etc.,
id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7.—Repeated by anaphora: et Capitolinis injecit sedibus ignes. Tum statua Nattae, tum simulacra deorum, Romulusque et Remus cum altrice belua vi fulminis icti conciderunt, Cic. Div. 2, 20, 45;so repeated seven times,
id. Rep. 1, 40, 62.—Redundant, the time of the action being clear without it (esp. in Cic.):2.atque hoc tum judicio facto... tamen Avitus Oppianicum reum statim non facit,
Cic. Clu. 20, 56:itaque tum ille inopia et necessitate coactus ad Caepasios confugit,
id. ib. 20, 57; id. Brut. 23, 90; 39, 145; 43, 161; cf. id. Sull. 18, 51, where tum redundant occurs six times successively.—In oblique discourse, referring to the time of the speaker, = nunc in direct discourse:3.quando autem se, si tum non sint, pares hostibus fore?
if they were not now so, Liv. 3, 62, 1:(dixit Sempronius)... nec tum agrum plebi, sed sibi invidiam quaeri,
id. 4, 44, 9; 4, 57, 4:moenia eos tum transcendere non Italiae modo, sed etiam urbis Romanae,
id. 21, 35, 9; 5, 21, 7 (in this use nunc is also freq.).—Referring to indefinite time.(α).Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc., at such a season:(β).tum denique tauros in gregem redigo (after Lyra rises),
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 12; 1, 35 fin.; Col. 11, 2, 87.—With the force of an indefinite temporal clause, at such a time, in such circumstances, i. e. when such a thing happens as has happened:(γ).qui (porci) a partu decimo die habentur puri, ab eo appellantur sacres, quod tum ad sacrificium idonei habentur primum,
Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 16; 2, 7, 13:deinde cibum sequitur somnus... quia plurima tum se corpora conturbant (i. e. cum cibum ceperunt),
Lucr. 4, 957; 3, 599; 4, 892; 4, 919;4, 1030: quam regionem cum superavit animus... finem altius se efferendi facit. Tum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem adeptus... nullam in partem movetur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 43; 1, 31, 75; 3, 23, 55; 4, 24, 54; Tac. Dial. 7.—With the force of a conditional clause, then, in this instance, if so: immo res omnis relictas habeo prae quod tu velis. Ph. Tum tu igitur, qua causa missus es ad portum, id expedi (i. e. si ita est), Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 39; id. Most. 5, 1, 55; id. As. 1, 1, 93; 2, 2, 64; 3, 3, 36; id. Aul. 3, 6, 31; id. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 2, 78: non potitus essem;4.fuisset tum illos mi aegre aliquot dies,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 7; id. Eun. 2, 2, 50; 5, 1, 23; id. Hec. 3, 5, 12:ego C. Caesaris laudibus desim, quas, etc.? Tum hercule me confitear non judicium aliquod habuisse,
Cic. Planc. 39, 93: scribant aliquid Isocrateo more...;tum illos existimabo non desperatione formidavisse genus hoc,
id. Or. 70, 235; id. Font. 21, 49 (17, 39); id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85; id. Fam. 9, 8, 2; Ov. H. 18 (19), 81: vellem tam ferax saeculum haberemus...;tum ego te primus hortarer, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 15, 8.—Referring to future time.(α).To a definite time before mentioned:(β).ut sit satius perdere Quam aut nunc manere tam diu, aut tum persequi,
i. e. after my future return, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 27:jam nunc mente prospicio quae tum studia hominum, qui concursus futuri sint,
Cic. Div. in Caecin. 13, 42; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37; 1, 10, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 17; id. Marcell. 9, 30:tum meae... Vocis accedet bona pars,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 45.—With the force of a conditional clause (cf. 3. b, supra), then, in this instance, if so: specta, tum scies. Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 100; cf.:B.quom videbis, tum scies,
id. ib. 1, 2, 37: tuom incendes genus;Tum igitur aquae erit tibi cupido, etc.,
id. Trin. 3, 2, 50; id. Curc. 2, 3, 17:confer sudantes, ructantes, refertos epulis... tum intelleges, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 100; id. Planc. 18, 45; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115:agedum, dictatorem creemus... Pulset tum mihi lictorem qui sciet, etc.,
Liv. 2, 29, 12; Cic. Phil. 10, 3, 6; id. Or. 23, 78; 71, 235; Liv. 4, 22, 11; 5, 16, 10; 9, 11, 4.—Referring to a time subsequent to a time mentioned, then, thereupon.1.Simple sequence in time.(α).Time proper (only of an immediate sequence;(β).otherwise deinde, postea, etc., are used): tum cum corde suo divum pater atque hominum rex Effatur, etc.,
Enn. Ann. 179:dico ei quo pactod eam viderim erilem nostram filiam sustollere. Extimuit tum illa,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 29; id. As. 4, 1, 58: tum ille egens forte adplicat Primum ad Chrysidis patrem se. Ter. And. 5, 4, 21; id. Eun. 3, 1, 17; Cato, R. R. 48 (49); 135 (136); so id. ib. 112 (113): equos quinto anno... amittere binos (dentes);tum renascentes eis sexto anno impleri,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 2 sq.: collo [p. 1909] cari jussit hominem in aureo lecto, abacosque complures ornavit... Tum ad mensam eximia forma pueros jussit consistere, eosque, etc., Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 61:dixerat hoc ille, cum puer nuntiavit venire ad eum Laelium... Tum Scipio e cubiculo est egressus, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Div. 2, 66, 135; id. Clu. 14, 40; id. Cat. 3, 5, 10; id. Ac. 2, 5, 13; id. Div. 1, 35, 77:hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamaverunt ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 26; cf. id. ib. 7, 64; 5, 43 fin.;5, 48: adsurgentem ibi regem cuspide ad terram adfixit. Tum spolia caputque abscisum spiculo gerens... hostes fudit,
Liv. 4, 19, 5; 5, 21, 1; 1, 26, 9; 1, 18, 10; 1, 20, 1; 1, 22, 6; 1, 28, 4; 1, 28, 9; 2, 24, 4;3, 8, 11, etc.: tum Caesar cum exercitu Thessaliam petit,
Vell. 2, 52, 1; Val. Max. 5, 1, 3; Curt. 4, 3, 7; Tac. A. 3, 28; 11, 35; id. H. 4, 84; Ov. M. 2, 122; 4, 80; 7, 121; 10, 481; 14, 386; Flor. 1, 13, 12; Gell. 1, 19, 5; 1, 23, 5.—In partic., foll. by an abl. absol.:(γ).tum, prope jam perculsis aliis tribunis, A. Verginius Caesoni capitis diem dicit,
Liv. 3, 11, 9; 8, 32, 1; 10, 29, 12:tum omni spe perdita, Meherdates dolo ejus vincitur, traditurque victori,
Tac. A. 12, 15; 12, 16:tum, ferro extracto, confestim exanimatus est,
Nep. Epam. 9, 4.—Implying a connection between two events, hence, under these circumstances, accordingly, thereupon:2.at pater omnipotens ira tum percitus acri... Phaethonta... Deturbavit in terram,
Lucr. 5, 399:madefactum iri Graeciam sanguine... tum neque te ipsum non esse commotum, Marcumque Varronem et M. Catonem... vehementer esse perterritos,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 76; Caes. B. G. 4, 25; cf. id. ib. 5, 49; 5, 51;7, 59: quippe quibus nec domi spes prolis, nec cum finitimis conubia essent. Tum ex consilio patrum Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit,
Liv. 1, 9, 2; 3, 26, 1; 3, 31, 7; 4, 45, 7.—Enumeration of a series of events; the co-ordinate clauses introduced by tum... tum, or primum (primo)... deinde... tum, etc.(α).Succession of time proper:(β).ducem Hannibali unum e concilio datum (a Jove), tum ei ducem illum praecepisse ne respiceret, illum autem respexisse, tum visam beluam vastam, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49; 1, 27, 57; 2, 28, 58 sq.:primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. Fin. 1, 16, 50; 5, 23, 65; id. Tusc. 5, 2, 5:primum... deinde... tum... postremo,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 3; 3, 3, 6: primum colonos inde Romanos expulit: inde in Latinam viam transgressus, etc., inde Lavinium recepit; tum deinceps Corbionem, Vitelliam;postremum, etc.,
Liv. 2, 39, 4:primi consules sub jugum missi, tum ut quisque gradu proximus erat, tum deinceps singulae legiones,
id. 9, 6, 1:primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. 21, 22, 8; id. praef. 9; 3, 28, 8: 5, 39, 7;23, 23, 6: deinde... deinde... Tum... post quas, etc.,
Curt. 3, 3, 24: primum... deinde... deinde... tum... postea, Masur. Gabin. ap. Gell. 5, 13, 5; Gai. Inst. 4, 60.—So in partic.: tum (also hic, et;(γ).not deinde or postea), to denote the succession of speakers in dialogue: immo duas dabo, inquit adulescens... Tum senex ille: Si vis, inquit, quattuor sane dato,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 46 dub.:tum Piso... inquit, etc. Tum Quintus... inquit, etc. Hic ego... inquam, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Piso... inquit, etc. Et ille ridens... inquit, etc. Tum Piso exorsus est, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sqq.:tum Atticus... inquit, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Brutus, etc. Tum ille, etc. Tum Atticus, etc. Tum Pomponius... inquit, etc.,
id. Brut. 3, 11 sqq., and through the whole treatise; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 4; 1, 3, 9; 1, 4, 13; 1, 12, 43 and 44; 2, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 15 sqq.; id. Rep. 1, 13, 19 sqq.; Liv. 7, 10, 2 sqq.; 23, 12, 8; Tac. Dial. 3; 15; 25; 42; Gell. 3, 1, 11 sqq.; 18, 1, 9 sqq.; Ov. M. 14, 594.—Transf., of sequence or succession of thought, passing into mere co-ordination (v. C. 2. b, g), then... again... furthermore:C.qui mi in cursu obstiterit, faxo vitae is obstiterit suae. Prius edico ne quis, etc. Tum pistores scrofipasci qui, etc. Tum piscatores.... Tum lanii autem qui, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 28; 4, 2, 34; 4, 2, 39: (res familiaris) primum bene parta sit, tum quam plurimis se utilem praebeat, deinde augeatur ratione, diligentia, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92; id. Ac. 2, 47, 146; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 68 sq.; 5, 40, 117; id. Ac. 2, 10, 30; id. de Or. 1, 42, 190; id. Cat. 4, 3, 5; id. Agr. 1, 2, 5; id. Clu. 2, 6; Liv. 3, 26, 11.—Hence, as co-ordinating conjunction, introducing an additional assertion, or thought.1.Alone, = praeterea, and then, besides, also, moreover, on the other hand (freq. in ante-class. style and in Cic.;2.rare in Livy and post-Aug. prose): argenti aurique advexit multum, lanam purpuramque multam... tum Babylonica peristromata, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 2, 3, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 10; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 71; 4, 8, 17; id. Ps. 3, 2, 78; id. Aul. 1, 2, 6; 1, 3, 16; id. Men. 5, 5, 41; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 1, 3, 15; 4, 2, 3; Ter. And. 1, 5, 27; 1, 2, 21; 2, 3, 7; id. Eun. prol. 4; 5, 6, 15; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 16; Lucr. 4, 680; cf. id. 1, 494; 4, 1152:magnum ingenium L. Luculli, magnumque optimarum artium studium, tum omnis ab eo percepta doctrina... caruit omnino rebus urbanis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 1; 2, 14, 43; id. Div. 1, 24, 50; 1, 42, 94; id. de Or. 1, 46, 201; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fin. 1, 6, 21; 2, 16, 53; id. Leg. 1, 5, 17; 1, 9, 26; id. Rab. Post. 14, 40; id. Phil. 13, 12, 26:altera ex parte Bellovaci instabant, alteram Camulogenus tenebat: tum legiones a praesidio interclusas maximum flumen distinebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 59; id. B. C. 3, 49: naves convenerunt duae Punicae quinqueremes;duae ab Heraclea triremes... tum quinque Rhodiae quadriremes,
Liv. 42, 56, 6; 1, 40, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 4; Just. 5, 10, 3.—Sometimes connecting two terms of the same clause, with the force of cum... tum (v. infra, 3. d.):quot me censes homines jam deverberasse, hospites tum civis?
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 14:faciendum est igitur nobis ut... veteranorum, tum legionis Martiae quartaeque consensus... confirmetur,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 7; Liv. 28, 43, 1 (in co-ordination often with etiam, autem, and sometimes with praeterea and porro; v. III. infra).—Tum as correlative of a preceding tum.(α).With an added assertion or thought: ita est haec hominum natio: voluptarii atque potatores, Tum sycophantae... plurimi In urbe habitant;(β).tum meretrices mulieres Nusquam perhibentur blandiores gentium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 28; id. Mil. 3, 1, 100; 3, 1, 102.—Tum... tum = nunc... nunc (modo... modo), sometimes... sometimes, now... now, at one time... at another (freq. in Cic., not in Caes., rare in Liv., and very rare in postAug. writers):(γ).tum huc, tum illuc inretitos impedit piscis,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 17:tum hoc mihi probabilius, tum illud videtur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 134:mihi... tum hoc tum illud probabilius videtur,
id. Off. 3, 7, 33; so id. Am. 4, 13; id. Sen. 13, 45; id. Top. 7, 31; id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:(alvus) tum restringitur, tum relaxatur,
id. ib. 2, 54, 136; id. Rep. 3, 13 (14), 23; id. Leg. 2, 7, 16; id. Or. 63, 212; id. Sen. 3, 7; id. Inv. 1, 37, 66:dictator tum appellare tum adhortari milites,
Liv. 8, 39, 4; Suet. Ner. 1; Gell. 1, 11, 15.—Tum may be repeated several times:plerique propter voluptatem tum in morbos graves, tum in damna, tum in dedecora incurrunt,
Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 47; 3, 7, 26;so three times,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 29; 1, 14, 37; 1, 15, 39; id. Inv. 1, 52, 98; id. Or. 3, 45, 177; id. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 2, 17, 43; id. Top. 25, 96;four times,
id. N. D. 1, 43, 120; 2, 20, 52; 2, 39, 101; id. Verr. 2, 4, 34, § 75;five times,
id. N. D. 2, 5, 14; id. Inv. 1, 13, 17; 1, 41, 76; id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 94;six times,
id. ib. 1, 53, 120;seven times,
Quint. 9, 4, 133;nine times,
Cic. N. D. 2, 50, 51.—And in chronological order (to be distinguished from the instances B. 2. a and g):Atheniensium (rem publicam constituerunt) tum Theseus, tum Draco, tum Solo, tum Clisthenes, tum multi alii,
at different times, successively, Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 2.—Preceded or followed by other co-ordinate words (alias, modo, aliquando, aut... aut, nunc... nunc):(δ).ex quo intellegitur qualis ille sit quem tum moderatum, alias modestum, tum temperantem, alias constantem continentemque dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 36:tum... tum... aliquando,
id. Div. 2, 2, 6:tum... tum... aut... aut,
id. Or. 61, 204:modo... tum autem,
id. N. D. 2, 40, 142:nunc... nunc... tum... tum,
Flor. 1, 17, 5.—Tum... tum = et... et, both... and, not only... but also, partly... partly, without regard to time, the second term being frequently strengthened by etiam (mostly post-Aug.):3.Milo Compsam oppugnans, ictusque lapide tum Clodio, tum patriae, quam armis petebat, poenas dedit,
Vell. 2, 68, 3:Muciam et Fulviam, tum a patre, tum a viro utramque inclitam,
Val. Max. 9, 1, 8:Caesar Pompejo tum proprias, tum etiam filiae lacrimas reddidit,
id. 5, 1, 10; Quint. 7, 3, 18; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; id. Clem. 1, 19, 2; Front. Aquaed. 1; Tac. A. 12, 33; Suet. Tit. 3; Nep. praef. 8;and with etiam,
Val. Max. 2, 2, 8; 5, 9, 1; 7, 6 prooem.; Nep. Them. 2, 3.—As correlative with a preceding cum, introducing particular after a universal or a stronger or more important assertion after a weaker or less important.a.Connecting complete sentences with different predicates, cum... tum = as... so, while... (tum being not translated; ante-class. cum always with indic.; class. with subj. or indic.):b.quom antehac te amavi, et mihi amicam esse crevi... tum id mihi hodie aperuisti,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 2; id. Truc. 4, 1, 6:quom id mihi placebat, tum uno ore omnes omnia Bona dicere,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:quae cum res tota ficta sit pueriliter, tum ne efficit quidem quod vult,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19; id. Tusc. 5, 39, 13; id. Fam. 13, 16, 1; and so with subj., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Brut. 39, 145; 11, 250:cum omnium rerum simulatio est vitiosa, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime,
id. Lael. 25, 91; id. Div. 2, 27, 58; and so with indic., id. Planc. 33, 80; id. Tull. 4, 8; id. Div. in Caecil. 20, 65; id. Sest. 1, 2; id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:haec cum merito ejus fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabatur, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 4; 3, 16; id. B. C. 1, 58; Liv. 3, 34, 1; 4, 53, 4.—Clauses with the same predicate, which is placed after the first clause (always with indic.):c.nam mihi, cum multa eximie divineque videntur Athenae tuae peperisse, tum nihil melius illis mysteriis quibus, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 36; id. Tusc. 4, 18, 42; id. Phil. 2, 5, 12; Liv. 4, 46, 10; 6, 38, 10.—Clauses with a common predicate placed before both co-ordinate terms, cum... tum = not only, but also; as... so especially:d.visa est Arcesilae cum vera sententia, tum honesta et digna sapiente,
Cic. Ac. 2, 24, 77; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; 2, 35, 119; 3, 1, 3:movit patres conscriptos cum causa tum auctor,
Liv. 9, 10, 1; 4, 57, 2; Suet. Ner. 46 init. —With a common predicate after both co-ordinate terms:e.quom virum tum uxorem, di vos perdant,
Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 103:luxuria cum omni aetati turpis tum senectuti foedissima est,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Clu. 59, 161; id. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 86; id. N. D. 1, 21, 57; id. Deiot. 9, 26; id. Clu. 16, 46:concitatos animos flecti quam frangi putabat cum tutius tum facilius esse,
Liv. 2, 23, 15; 6, 9, 8; 1, 57, 1; 10, 26, 13; Tac. Dial. 5.—With tum several times repeated:quem pater moriens cum tutoribus et propinquis, tum legibus, tum aequitati magistratuum, tum judiciis vestris commendatum putavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 151; cf. esp. id. Planc. 40, 95. —Tum, in this construction, is freq. strengthened,(α).By vero:(β).cum haec sunt videnda, tum vero illud est hominis magni, etc.,
in particular, Cic. Clu. 58, 159; id. Mur. 27, 55; id. Phil. 3, 5, 12; 7, 3, 9; cf. id. Or. 1, 23, 106; 3, 16, 60; Liv. 34, 39, 9; Quint. 12, 1, 25.—By maxime, above all, most of all, especially, chiefly:(γ).cum omnibus in rebus temeritas in adsentando turpis est, tum in eo loco maxime in quo ju dicandum est quantum, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 4, 7; id. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; 5, 12, 36; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 69:cum infamia atque indignitas rei impediebat, tum maxime quod, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 7, 56; Sall. J. 43, 5; Liv. 1, 8, 2; Suet. Claud. 30; Quint. 6, 1, 29.—By praecipue, especially, chiefly, above all:(δ).cum omnium sociorum provinciarumque rationem diligenter habere debetis, tum praecipue Siciliae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 2; id. Fam. 13, 11, 3:fortuna quae plurimum potest cum in reliquis rebus, tum praecipue in bello,
Caes. B. C. 3, 68; Liv. 22, 43, 11; 1, 40, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 29; 1, 10, 13; 5, 10, 106; Plin. Ep. 4, 3, 2.—By inprimis, chiefly, principally:(ε).cum multa non probo, tum illud inprimis quod, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 18; id. Fam. 12, 22, 3.—By cumprimis, chiefly, principally: quapropter bene cum superis de rebus habenda Nobis est ratio... tum cumprimis Unde anima atque animi constet [p. 1910] natura videndum, Lucr. 1, 131.—(ζ).By certe, especially, at least, assuredly:(η).at cum de plurimis eadem dicit, tum certe de maximis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 5, 13; id. Fam. 7, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 1, 10.—By nimirum, assuredly, undoubtedly:(θ).cum plurimas... commoditates amicitia contineat, tum illa nimirum praestat omnibus quod, etc.,
Cic. Am. 7, 23. —By etiam, besides, as well:(ι).cum omnes omnibus ex terris homines improbos audacesque collegerat, tum etiam multos fortes viros et bonos... tenebat,
Cic. Cael. 6, 14; id. Ac. 2, 10, 31; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:quos tu cum memoriter, tum etiam erga nos amice et benevole collegisti,
id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:cum sua virtute, tum etiam alienis vitiis,
id. Leg. 23, 67; id. Fin. 2, 12, 38; id. N. D. 2, 37, 95; id. de Or. 3, 60, 225; Liv. 1, 21, 2; 7, 23, 6; 7, 32, 10; Val. Max. 7, 2, 3; 3, 2, 10; 9, 6, 3; Quint. 9, 1, 20; 9, 4, 143.—By quoque, also, besides, as well:(κ).cum potestas major, tum vir quoque potestati par hostes trans Anienem submovere,
Liv. 4, 17, 11; 1, 22, 2; cf. Quint. 12, 10, 72.—By et, also, besides, too:(λ).cujus mortem cum luctus civitatis, tum et dictaturae undecim insignem fecere,
Just. 19, 1, 7.—By praeterea, moreover, besides:II.dicimus C. Verrem cum multa libidinose fecerit, tum praeterea quadringentiens sestertium ex Sicilia abstulisse,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56.Tum as correlative of dependent clauses (freq. in ante - class. writings and Cic., rare in post-Aug. writings).A. 1.Referring to definite past time.a.Tum as antecedent of cum:b.jam tum cum primum jussit me ad se arcessier, Roget quis, Quid tibi cum illa?
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 4; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21:qui (Hercules) tum dolore frangebatur cum immortalitatem ipsa morte quaerebat,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 8, 20:bene apud majores nostros senatus tum cum florebat imperium decrevit ut, etc.,
id. Div. 1, 41, 91; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114; id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 160; id. Clu. 33, 89; id. Verr. 1, 2, 5; id. Brut. 2, 7; 23, 89; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Agr. 2, 24, 64; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; 3, 4, 11:tum mittendos legatos fuisse cum Perseus Graecas urbes obsideret,
Liv. 45, 3, 7:tum cum Vipereos sparsi... dentes,
Ov. M. 4, 572; id. H. 3, 23; Val. Max. 6, 1, 12.—After pluperf.:nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant scimus Romae solutione impedita fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19; Val. Max. 3, 6, 1; 2, 8, 15 fin. —Tum inserted in the temporal clause:cum Davo egomet vidi jurgantem ancillam... quom ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 20.—Tum, introducing the apodosis of the temporal clause (generally not transl. in Engl.).(α).Of coincident events, cum... tum = while: quom genui tum morituros scivi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132 (Trag. Rel. v. 361 Vahl.); Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 18:(β).cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,
Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Cael. 26, 63; id. Phil. 3, 5, 13:cum pavida mulier nullam opem videret, tum Tarquinius fateri amorem, orare, etc.,
Liv. 1, 58, 3; 5, 11, 4. —Tum = deinde, usu. after a pluperf.:2.id cum Sulla fecisset, tum ante oppidum Nolam Samnitium castra cepit,
Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72; id. Brut. 92, 319; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; 2, 3, 15; id. Fin. 1, 8, 26; id. Tusc. 4, 20, 45; id. Div. 1, 25, 53; 2, 2, 7; id. Rep. 2, 25, 47; Liv. 21, 11, 8; cf. id. 1, 26, 7; 23, 22, 4.—Inserted in the apodosis:cum jam humanae opes egestae a Veis essent, amoliri tum deum dona,
Liv. 5, 22, 3.—Referring to definite present time:3.quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis. Cum enim miserum esse dicis, tum eum qui non sit, dicis esse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12.—Referring to indefinite time.a.As antecedent of the clause, = at the time when, at a time when, whenever: hominum inmortalis est infamia;b.etiam tum vivit quom esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28; id. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7; Cato, R. R. 31:nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit Cum pariter mens et corpus sopita quiescunt,
Lucr. 3, 919; 4, 444; 4, 455;4, 1166: omnis praedictio mali tum probatur cum ad praedictionem cautio adjungitur,
Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. N. D. 2, 3, 9: tum cum sine pondere suci Mobilibus ventis arida facta volant, Ov. H. 5, 109; Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44; 2, 27, 88; id. Fin. 4, 8, 20; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20; 5, 26, 73; id. N. D. 1, 4, 9; id. Off. 1, 27, 93.—Tum maxime... cum plurimum = eo magis quo magis:eam (partem animi) tum maxime vigere cum plurimum absit a corpore,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 70; so, cum maxime... tum maxime; v. b. a foll.—Tum introducing the apodosis.(α).As coincident:(β).quom amamus, tum perimus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 94:ulmus, cum folia cadunt, tum iterum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; so id. ib. 155 (156):cum ea quae quasi involuta fuerunt, aperti sunt, tum inventa dicuntur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 26; id. Fin. 5, 10, 29; 1, 17, 57; id. N. D. 2, 52, 129; 1, 19, 49; id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 15.—Cum maxime... tum maxime = quo magis eo magis:nam quom pugnabant maxume, ego tum fugiebam maxume,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 45:quamobrem omnes, cum secundae res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 14, 30 poet. —As subsequent:4.ad legionem quom itum, adminiculum eis danunt tum jam aliquem cognatum suum,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 47:eo cum accessit ratio argumentique conclusio... tum et perceptio eorum omnium apparet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 30; 2, 41, 128; id. Fin. 5, 9, 24; 1, 20, 69; 5, 15, 41; id. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 1, 24, 58; 3, 2, 3; id. N. D. 2, 48, 123; id. Div. 2, 19, 44.—Referring to future time.(α).Tum as antecedent of cum:(β).quom mi haec dicentur dicta, tum tu, furcifer, quasi mus in medio pariete vorsabere,
Plaut. Cas. 1, 51; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 20:non committam ut tum haec res judicetur cum haec frequentia Roma discesserit,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54; id. Agr. 2, 17, 44; 2, 25, 67; id. Fin. 4, 22, 62; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Liv. 23, 13, 4; 41, 10, 7; Ov. M. 2, 651; id. H. 15, 293; Nep. Them. 6, 5.—Tum introducing the apodosis:B.quom videbis, tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; 4, 6, 30:de quo cum perpauca dixero, tum ad jus civile veniam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Clu. 2, 6; 4, 9; Liv. 3, 56, 10.—With temporal clause, introduced by ubi.1.Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):2.vitem novellam resecare tum erit tempus ubi valebit,
Cato, R. R. 33:tum tu igitur demum id adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 52.—Tum introducing the apodosis.(α).Referring to definite past time (tum always = deinde):(β).ubi eorum dolorem majorem quam ceterorum cognovi, tum meum animum in illos, tum mei consilii causam proposui, tum eos hortatus sum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140; Sall. J. 94, 3:ubi illuxit, et Romanis Punica et Gallica arma cognita, tum dubitationem exemere,
Liv. 25, 10, 5; 1, 9, 10; 4, 57, 3; 9, 43, 16; 21, 25, 12; 23, 11, 4.—Referring to indefinite time:(γ).post ubi tempust promissa jam perfici, Tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 8: Cato, R. R. 3 init.; 17:ubi jam morbi se flexit causa... Tum quasi vaccillans primum consurgit,
Lucr. 3, 503; 6, 129; 6, 526.—Referring to future time:C.otium ubi erit, tum tibi operam ludo et deliciae dabo,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 13; id. Stich. 4, 2, 14:ubi tu voles, Ubi tempus erit, sat habet si tum recipitur,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 32; Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 72; id. Pers. 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 3, 2, 27:ut ubi id interrogando argumentis firmavero, tum testes ad crimen accommodem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 55:ubi haerere jam aciem videris, tum terrorem equestrem infer,
Liv. 6, 12, 10; 22, 55, 8.—With a temporal clause introduced by postquam.1.Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):2.Flaminius qui ne quieto quidem hoste ipse quieturus erat, tum vero postquam res sociorum ante oculos prope suos ferri vidit, suum id dedecus ratus, etc.,
Liv. 22, 3, 7; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 (v. infra, III. A. 2. a. b).—Tum introducing the apodosis (always = deinde).(α).Referring to definite past time:(β).posteaquam e portu piratae exierunt, tum coeperunt quaerere homines, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 100; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40 (al. tunc):postquam satis virium collectum videbat, tum ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem misit,
Liv. 1, 54, 5; 3, 66, 5; 6, 13, 4; 22, 48, 4; 25, 10, 6; Gell. 5, 3, 6.—Referring to indefinite time: postquam vero commoditas quaedam... dicendi copiam consecuta est, tum ingenio freta malitia pervertere urbes adsuevit, Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 3.—D.With a temporal clause introduced by ut.1.Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):2.tum vero ingentem gemitum dat Ut spolia, ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici... conspexit,
Verg. A. 1, 485; cf. id. ib. 12, 218.—Tum introducing the apodosis.(α).Of definite past time:(β).nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi, puto, prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46:sed ut intellectum est quantam vim haberet accurata... oratio, tum etiam magistri dicendi multi subito exstiterunt,
Cic. Brut. 8, 30; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Liv. 24, 44, 10; id. 21, 54, 9; 23, 34, 6.—Referring to future time:E.neque ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. de Or. 2, 34, 146:traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum, si eam Romanus rite emisisset, victoriam de Vejentibus dari (= si quando),
Liv. 5, 15, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.—With a temporal clause introduced by quando.1.Tum as antecedent of the clause.(α).Of definite past time:(β).auctoritatem senatus exstare sentio, tum, quando Alexandro mortuo, legatos Tyrum misimus,
Cic. Agr. 2, 16, 41.—Of future time:2.at scire tum memento quando id quod voles habebis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 41; id. Mil. 3, 1, 213; id. Most. 3, 1, 136; id. Men. 5, 7, 57:utinam tum essem natus quando Romani dona accipere coepissent,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75.—Tum introducing the apodosis.(α).Of indefinite time (quando = whenever):(β).quando esurio tum crepant (intestina),
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 27; id. Truc. 1, 1, 15; id. Ps. 4, 7, 85:quando mulier dotem marito dabat, tum quae ex suis bonis retinebat reciperare dicebatur,
Gell. 17, 6, 6; 7 (6), 14, 4.—Of future time:F.at tu, quando habebis, tum dato,
Plaut. Men. 3, 3, 23:quando ab eadem parte sol eodemque tempore iterum defecerit, tum signis omnibus ad principium revocatis, expletum annum habeto,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:quando mihi usus venerit, tum quaeram ex te atque discam,
Gell. 6 (7), 17, 4.—In the apodosis after simul ac:G.an simul ac nubes successere, ipse in eas tum Descendit (Juppiter), prope ut hinc teli determinet ictus?
Lucr. 6, 402.—With a temporal clause introduced by dum.1.Tum as antecedent:2.sanctius visum est nomen Augusti, ut scilicet jam tum dum colit terras, ipso numine ac titulo consecretur,
Flor. 2, 33, 66 (4, 12, 66).—Tum introducing the apodosis:H.dum habeat, tum amet,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 23:dum se glomerant... tum pondere turris Procubuit,
Verg. A. 9, 540.—As antecedent of quamdiu:K.qui cum tibi amicus non modo tum fuerit quamdiu tecum in provincia fuerit, verum etiam nunc sit cum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 24, § 58.—Denoting a logical consequence after quando and cum:L.quando ergo erga te benignus fui... tum te mihi benigne itidem addecet... referre gratiam,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 35:cum magnus numerus deesset, tum iste homo nefarius in eorum locum... substituere coepit cives Romanos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72.—After relative clauses denoting time: qua tempestate Paris Helenam innuptis junxit nuptiis, Ego tum gravida expletis jam fere ad pariendum mensibus, Poet. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 58, 219 (Trag. Rel. p. 246 Rib.).—M.With conditional clauses.1. (α).Tum as antecedent of clause:(β).tum pol ego interii, homo si ille abiit,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 6; id. Men. 2, 2, 71; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 40:si tenuis causa est, tum etiam argumentandi tenue filum,
Cic. Or. 36, 124; id. Rep. 1, 40, 62; 2, 9, 15; id. Fin. 1, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 13; id. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:tum vero ego nequiquam Capitolium servaverim si civem in servitutem duci videam,
Liv. 6, 14, 4; 3, 9, 11; 6, 14, 4; 7, 34, 14; Cato ap. Plin. 29, 1, 7, § 14; Gell. 2, 12, 1 sq.; 4, 13, 1; 14, 2, 21.—Tum introducing the apodosis:2.si triduum hoc hic erimus, tum arbores in te cadent,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 30; id. Rud. 5, 2, 59; 3, 4, 49; id. As. 1, 3, 89; id. Rud. 1, 3, 13; id. Ps. 4, 1, 1; 4, 1, 48 (39); Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 64; 3, 1, 17; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 19; Cato, R. R. 26; cf. id. ib. 27:quod si, ut spero, cepero, tum vero litteras publice mittam,
Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 3; id. Div. 1, 44, 100; cf. id. Ac. 2, 10, 32; id. Fin. 2, 4, 79; id. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Rep. 1, 43, 66: id. [p. 1911] Rosc. Am. 49, 142:si dimicandum erit, tum tu in novissimos te recipito,
Liv. 7, 40, 13; 8, 10, 12; Hor. S. 1, 2, 97; Ov. M. 7, 32.—Esp., denoting the consequences of perjury in ancient formulas of oaths: si ego injuste illos homines dedier mihi exposco, tum patriae compotem me numquam siris esse,
Liv. 1, 32, 7; 1, 24, 8; 22, 53, 11; hence, quid si falles? Me. Tum Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 239; 3, 2, 52; id. Aul. 4, 10, 50; cf. also Liv. 3, 64, 10.—With a condition contrary to fact.(α).Tum, antecedent of clause:(β).tum esset ostentum, si anguem vectis circumplicavisset,
Cic. Div. 2, 28, 62; id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:tum id audirem si tibi soli viveres,
id. Marcell. 8, 25; id. Fin. 4, 13, 33; id. Div. 2, 35, 73.—Tum introducing the apodosis:N.si quidem me amaret, tum istuc prodesset,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 56:quodsi omnia nobis quae ad victum pertinent. suppeditarentur, tum optimo quisque ingenio, totum se in cognitione et scientia collocaret,
Cic. Off. 1, 44, 158. —After an abl. absol.1. (α).Referring to definite past time:(β).ut morte ejus nuntiata tum denique bellum confectum arbitraretur,
Cic. Mur. 16, 34:sed confecto proelio tum vero cerneres quanta vis animi fuisset in exercitu Catilinae,
Sall. C. 61, 1:ita rebus divinis peractis tum de bello deque republica dictator rettulit,
Liv. 22, 11, 1; 2, 29, 1; 2, 29, 3; 3, 56, 1; 5, 50, 8; Plin. 11, 20, 22, § 68.—Referring to indefinite time:(γ).hisce omnibus rebus consideratis, tum denique id quod primum est dicendum, postremum soleo cogitare, quo utar exordio,
Cic. Or. 2, 77, 315.—Referring to future time (the abl. absol. = a fut. perf.):2.ita prope XL. diebus interpositis tum denique se responsuros esse arbitrantur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 31; 1, 18, 54; id. Fin. 4, 13, 32; id. Scaur. Fragm. 10, 22.—With pres. participles (post-class.):III.tacentibus cunctis, tum ipse (dixit), etc.,
Just. 12, 15, 6.Particular connections.A.With other particles of time.1.Jam tum, already at that time, i. e. earlier than might be anticipated:2.jam tum erat suspitio Dolo malo haec fieri,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8; cf. id. ib. 4, 4, 58; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 34:quippe etenim jam tum divom mortalia saecla Egregias animo facies vigilante videbant,
Lucr. 5, 1169; 5, 1037:ut mihi jam tum divinasse ille (Romulus) videatur hanc urbem sedem aliquando summo esse imperio praebituram,
Cic. Rep. 2, 5, 10; 2, 7, 12; id. Div. 2, 57, 118; id. Tusc. 4, 2, 4:jam tum in Palatio monte Lupercal hoc fuisse ludicrum ferunt,
Liv. 1, 5, 1; 1, 7, 16; 1, 41, 7; 10, 21, 14;24, 49, 1: ut jam tum qualis futurus esset ostenderet,
Suet. Dom. 1; Curt. 4, 6, 29.—Tum demum and tum denique, then only, then at length, then at last, not till then, i. e. later than might be expected, implying delayed action.a.Tum demum.(α).In gen.:(β).adversisque in rebus noscere qui sit. Nam verae voces tum demum pectore ab imo Eiciuntur,
Lucr. 3, 58:tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 5, 33; Sall. J. 46, 1:nec ante in campum degressi sunt quam, etc. Tum demum castra Etruscorum pro moenibus Fidenarum posita,
Liv. 4, 17, 12; 45, 12, 6; 2, 20, 11; 5, 39, 2; 23, 19, 15 et saep.; Val. Max. 1, 6, 10; 1, 7, 4; Curt. 3, 12, 12; Tac. A. 3, 18; 3, 47.—In partic., referring to clauses introduced by cum, ubi, si, or abl. absol. (v. II. A. B. L. M.), denoting absolute restriction to the terms of the clause:(γ).imo etiam ubi expolivero, magis hoc tum demum dices,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 60:tum demum mihi procax Academia videbitur si aut consenserint omnes, aut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 1, 6, 13:cum is Casilini eo die mansurum dixisset, tum demum cognitus est error,
Liv. 22, 13, 8; Vell. 2, 115, 4; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 fin.; 7, 2, 4; Curt. 3, 11, 6; Plin. Ep. 8, 20, 7.—Sometimes = nunc demum (anteclass.): victus es, Chaline. St. Tum nos demum vivere. Olympio. Gaudeo, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 65.—b.Tum denique.(α).In gen.:(β).tum denique tauros in gregem redigo,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5:injecta glaeba tumulus is (locus) ubi humatus est vocatur, ac tum denique multa religiosa jura complectitur,
Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; id. Fin. 3, 22, 76; id. Tusc. 3, 26, 61: nequiquam temptati ut tum denique desisterent impediendo bello, Liv. 4, 55, 5; Ov. M. 4, 519; 7, 857; 10, 664.—Referring to clauses with cum, etc. (v. II. A. B. L. M.):3.tum denique homines nostra intellegimus bona quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33:quo cum venerimus, tum denique vivemus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75; 3, 31, 75; id. Leg. 2, 4, 10; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,tum denique si,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10, § 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:indicandum primum fuisse, dein petendum praesidium, postremo ni impetraretur, tum denique querendum,
Liv. 23, 43, 2; Cato ap. Plin. 17, 18, 29, § 126 (for tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9, v. II. D. 2. a).—Tum primum (rarely primo), then for the first time:4. a.tum genus humanum primum mollescere coepit,
Lucr. 5, 1014:ludorum gratia quos tum primum anniversarios in circo facere constituisset,
Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 12; id. Sen. 21, 78; Caes. B. G. 7, 11:ponte sublicio tum primum in Tiberi facto,
Liv. 1, 33, 6; 2, 41, 3; 39, 22, 2; 2, 20, 6; 39, 49, 4; Vell. 2, 37, 5; Tac. A. 2, 27; id. H. 4, 57; Curt. 3, 12, 26. —Deinde tum (very rare):b.primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitare debemus, deinde tum dicere ac facere,
Varr. L. L. 6, 6, 62.—Tum deinde.(α).= tum demum or tum denique, then at length, not till then, then only:(β).nonne optime patronus occurrat prius conviciis luxuriae, etc., tum deinde narret de bonis Pallae? etc.,
Quint. 4, 2, 27; 12, 10, 11:emam, aedificabo, credam, exigam, honores geram: tum deinde lassam senectutem in otium referam,
Sen. Ep. 101, 4; Plin. 16, 44, 95, § 251.—So corresp. with cum:quas cum solus pertulisset, tum deinde comitia collegae subrogando habuit,
Liv. 2, 8, 3 (Weissenb. demum, by conj.); Col. R. R. 1, 6, 13. —= an emphatic deinde: nam praetermisit quod in prima parte sumere debuit;c.tum deinde eodem ipso quod omiserat quasi proposito ad confirmandum aliud utitur,
Gell. 2, 8, 3; 13, 24 (23), 1; Just. 2, 1, 19.—With hic:d.hic tum repente Pacilius quidam accedit, ait, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94:hic ego tum ad respondendum surrexi,
id. Clu. 18, 51; 27, 73:hic tum injectus est hominibus scrupulus,
id. ib. 28, 76; id. Sest. 11, 25.—Tum postea:5.tum postea complorantibus nostris, dies quidem tandem inluxit,
Gell. 19, 1, 3; so id. 14, 3, 10 (for quid tum postea, v. D. 1.).—With interim:B.unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat... Tum interim, Q. Hortensio, Q. Metello coss.... despondet ei filiam suam,
Cic. Clu. 64, 179.—With particles of emphasis.1.Tum vero (sometimes tum enimvero or enimvero tum), then indeed, at that crisis, then if not before, etc., or merely = emphatic then, denoting either coincidence or sequence of action.(α).In gen.:(β).discedit a Melino Cluentia. Tum vero illa egregia mater palam exsultare... coepit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 14; 22, 61; id. Agr. 1, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 41, § 107:semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere... tum vero ita sum perturbatus ut, etc.,
id. Clu. 18, 51:tum vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8; 5, 37; id. B. C. 1, 82; 2, 42:Aruns Tarquinius et Tullia minor... junguntur nuptiis. Tum vero in dies infestior Tulli senectus... coepit esse,
Liv. 1, 47, 1; 2, 22, 6; 4, 49, 13; 10, 19, 12; 21, 45, 9; 21, 58, 5; Ov. M. 2, 227; 7, 685; Curt. 4, 13, 1; 3, 11, 5; Tac. Agr. 37.—And in enumerations:deinde... post autem... tum vero ipsam veterem Karthaginem vendunt,
Cic. Agr. 1, 2, 5.—As correlative of temporal or conditional clauses, and after abl. absol.:2.quod ubi Romam est nuntiatum, senatui metum injecit ne tum vero sustineri nec in urbe seditio, nec in castris posset,
Liv. 5, 7, 4; Sall. J. 94, 3:tum vero... si,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 63; Liv. 6, 14, 4 (v. II. M. 1. a, b).—With cum, Liv. 32, 12, 1:quae postquam frustra temptata rogumque parari... vidit, Tum vero gemitus... Edidit,
Ov. M. 2, 621; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40; v. C. 1. b. (so, tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; v. II. D. 2. and M. 1.).—Tum quidem, at that time, thereupon, then at least (usu. opposed to a later time): dixit sibi in somnis visum esse, etc. Et tum quidem incolumis exercitum liberavit; post triennium autem devovit se, etc., Cic. Div. 1, 24, 51; so,3.actum quidem,
id. Fl. 25, 59; id. Lael. 11, 39:et tum quidem ab Dio Perseus in interiora regni recepit se... post dies paucos, etc.,
Liv. 42, 39, 1; 1, 57, 10; 3, 2, 10;7, 17, 3.—Often in resuming the narrative after a digression: ac tum quidem regem... filium appellat,
Curt. 4, 7, 25.—Merely emphatic:Duillio Cornelioque coss. etiam mari congredi ausus est. Tum quidem ipsa velocitas classis comparatae victoriae auspicium fuit,
Flor. 1, 18 (2, 2), 7; so id. 1, 22 (2, 6), 20; 1, 40 (3, 5), 12.—With cum, Tac. Dial. 11.—Ne tum quidem, not even then:4.num quis horum miser hodie? Ne tum quidem, post spiritum extremum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 37, 89; id. Div. 1, 26, 55; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, § 98:ubi ne tum quidem eos prodire intellexit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 50; 7, 53; Tac. H. 5, 21; Curt. 3, 2, 18.—With cum:ille vere ne tum quidem miser cum ab Oroete in crucem actus est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 30, 92; so id. Tusc. 5, 20, 57; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; Liv. praef. 12; 39, 39, 11.—Tum maxime (sometimes tum cummaxime).(α).Especially at that time, chiefly then: illi sumposia, nos convivia quod tum maxime simul vivitur, Cic. Fam. 9, 24, 35; id. Leg. 2, 11, 26.—With cum:(β).quae quidem vis tum maxime cognita est cum... M. Cato, legem suadens, in Galbam multa dixit,
Cic. Brut. 23, 89; id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Par. 4, 1, 29.—Just then, just at that moment (not ante-Aug.):(γ).regi, tum maxime captivos ex Illyrico vendenti,
Liv. 43, 20, 3; 1, 10, 1:per totam aciem vulgatum est, castra amissa esse, et tum cummaxime ardere,
id. 40, 32, 1; so,tum cummaxime,
id. 43, 7, 8:corpus enim suum a caupone trucidatum tum maxime plaustro ad portam ferri,
Val. Max. 1, 7, ext. 10; 2, 10, 2; 3, 2, 2 fin.; Curt. 3, 4, 14; 6, 6, 10; Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154; Quint. 2, 15, 30; 2, 61, 31; Suet. Caes. 65; id. Calig. 53.—So with cum:et quod tum maxime Abydum oppugnaret cum rex ab Attalo et Rhodiis ultro se bello lacessitum diceret,
Liv. 31, 18, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 15, 2.—Strengthening the co-ordinate tum after cum, so especially; v. I. C. 3. e. b (for cum maxime... tum maxime and tum maxime... cum plurimum, v. II. A. 3. a. b.).—5.Tum potissimum = tum maxime, just then (rare):6.C. Caesar... tum potissimum acie commissa impeditos religione hostes vicit,
Front. Strat. 2, 1, 16.—Etiam tum.(α).Even then:(β).etiam tum vivit cum esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28:totum se Servilio etiam tum tradidit,
even then, at so late a time, Cic. Sest. 62, 130:etiam tum cum verisimile erit,
id. Rosc. Am. 20, 57.— So with cum, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 59, § 154; id. Dom. 13, 23; id. Sest. 38, 81.—Still, as yet (also as one word; cf. etiamtum, and v. the foll. additional passages), Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 19, § 41; id. Fin. 3, 14, 48; id. Rep. 2, 12, 24; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; id. Brut. 20, 80; id. Off. 2, 14, 47; Caes. B. C. 3, 93; Liv. 5, 40, 10; Val. Max. 9, 6, 3; Tac. A. 3, 72; Suet. Claud. 27 fin.; id. Dom. 22.—7.And with a negation, = nondum: ipsa ego non longos etiam tum scissa capillos,
not yet long, Ov. H. 8, 79.—Tum etiam.(α).Followed by si or cum, even if, even when:(β).atque equidem filium Tum etiam si nolit, cogam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 65:qui tum etiam cum... circumfusi erant caligine,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45.—Then also, then too, besides:8.tum etiam illud cogitatote, sic vivere Cornelium ut, etc.,
Cic. Balb. 28, 65; id. N. D. 1, 16, 43; so id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Fin. 2, 16, 53; Col. 12 praef.—Tum quoque.(α).Also then, then likewise, then as before, then as on another occasion mentioned before: ceu lapidem si Percutiat lapis aut ferrum;(β).nam tum quoque lumen Exsilit,
Lucr. 6, 162:tum quoque homini plus tribui quam nescio cui necessitati,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 11, 28:tum quoque multis milibus Latinorum in civitatem acceptis,
Liv. 1, 33, 5; 2, 52, 2; 21, 22, 4; Caes. B. C. 3, 37; Ov. M. 14, 369.—Even then, = etiam tum (rare):(γ).et tamen tum quoque se absentes triumphare credunt,
Liv. 45, 38, 13; 39, 41, 3; 39, 47, 11; Ov. H. 17 (18), 190.—In orat. obliq. (v. I. A. 2.), even now:(δ).quod si Romani tum quoque aequa aspernarentur,
Liv. 42, 62, 7. —= sic quoque, even under the circumstances, even as it was, etc. (v. sic, V. 3.): ut si effugium patuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint. Tum quoque [p. 1912] aliquotiens integro corpore evaserunt, Liv. 24, 26, 13; 40, 16, 6; 43, 4, 1;9.9, 13, 9: tum quoque, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit,
Just. 2, 9, 18.—Tum ipsum = eo ipso tempore, at the very time, just then, even then (only in Cic. in four passages; cf.:C.nunc ipsum): tota igitur ratio talium largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum... moderanda est,
Cic. Off. 2, 17, 60:quem quidem cum sua voluntate ex patria Karthaginem revertisset, tum ipsum cum vigiliis et fame cruciaretur, clamat virtus beatiorem fuisse quam Thorium,
id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv. ad loc.:tum ipsum cum immolare velis extorum fieri mutatio potest,
id. Div. 1, 52, 118:ita (oratores), non injuria, quotienscunque dicerent, id quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,
id. Or. 1, 27, 123.—Tum with co-ordinating particles.1.Tum autem.(α).= praeterea, and then, besides (v. I. C. 1.): turpilucricupidum te vocant cives tui;(β).tum autem sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:oves scabrae sunt... Tum autem Surorum nemo exstat qui ibi sex menses vixerit,
id. ib. 2, 4, 141; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 4, 2, 3; id. Poen. 5, 5, 34; 5, 7, 22; Ter. And. 1, 5, 34; id. Eun. 5, 9, 7; id. Hec. 2, 1, 14; 3, 2, 10:tum autem qui non ipso honesto movemur... callidi sumus, non boni,
Cic. Leg. 1, 14, 41; id. Or. 1, 58, 247; 2, 19, 80.—= tum... tum:(γ).visne igitur inter hos populos inambulantes, tum autem residentes quaeramus eisdem de rebus?
Cic. Leg. 1, 5, 15.—= eo tempore, with autem as connective:(δ).tum illic autem Lemnius... uxorem duxit, etc.,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 25:tum autem ex omnibus montibus nives proluit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 48.—But in this instance:2.uxori emunda ancilla'st: tum autem pluscula Supellectile opus est,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 60; 5, 7, 25 sq.—For tum etiam, v. B. 7. b.—3.Tum praeterea:4.nam tui similis est probe. Tum praeterea talem, nisi tu, nulla pareret filium,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 20; so id. Ad. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33; Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56 (v. I. C. 3. e. l).—Tum porro:D.tum porro venti magnam quoque tollere partem Umoris possunt,
Lucr. 6, 623; 4, 829 (827).—Quid tum?1.In dialogue, what then? what next? what further? novi ego hos pugnos meos. Ca. Quid tum? Th. Quid tum? Rogitas? Hisce ego, si tu me inritaveris, placidum te hodie reddam, Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49; so id. As. 2, 2, 83; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 47; 3, 5, 66; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 8.—And strengthened:2.quid tum postea?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; id. As. 2, 2, 68; 2, 2, 79; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 78; 4, 2, 9; 4, 7, 23; id. Ad. 4, 5, 15; id. Hec. 4, 1, 36: videsne abundare me otio? A. Quid tum? Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26.—In imitation of a dialogue:3.at mulctantur bonis exsules. Quid tum? Parumne multa de toleranda paupertate dicuntur?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 37, 107; so id. Quint. 22, 72; 27, 84; id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; id. Dom. 47, 123; id. Dejot. 7, 22; id. Phil. 1, 10, 26; Hor. S. 2, 3, 230.—As emphatic co-ordinative in quoting the different items of a document, law, etc.: quive in senatu sententiam dixit, dixerit. Quid tum? Qui eorum coiit, coierit, etc., what next? i. e. and then, listen! Cic. Clu. 54, 148; so id. Agr. 1, 5, 16; 3, 3, 11; id. Mur. 12, 26; id. Fl. 23, 55.—E.Tum temporis = eo tempore (post class. and rare; cf.:tunc temporis): postera die civitas principem suum, ac tum temporis consulem in foro expectabat,
Just. 31, 2, 6. -
17 γίνομαι
γίνομαι (in the form γίγνομαι [s. below] Hom.+; as γίν. since Aristot.+; and s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 391; Schwyzer I 215; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 126; Mayser p. 165 and lit. there). Impf. ἐγινόμην; fut. γενήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐγενόμην, 3 sg. opt. γένοιτο; very rare v.l. (B-D-F §81, 3) γενάμενος (GJs 6:1; 16;1; 25:1 [s. deStrycker 249]; also found in Ps.-Callisth. 1, 20, 1; 1, 41, 11; ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 7 Tdf.; Mel., P. 49, 346 [Bodm.]). Pass.: fut. ptc. τῶν γενηθησομένων (Eccl 1:11 v.l.); 1 aor. ἐγενήθην (Doric, H. Gk.; Phryn. 108 Lob.; pap fr. III B.C., Mayser I/22 ’38, 157f [w. lit.]; ins [Schweizer 181; Nachmanson 168; Thieme 13]; LXX), impv. γενηθήτω; pf. γεγένημαι (Meisterhans3-Schw.: Att. ins since 376 B.C.; Mayser 391) uncontested use in NT only J 2:9; GJs 24:3 (γεγένν-pap); apolog. On pf. γέγονα s. Meisterhans3-Schw.: since 464 B.C.; Mayser 372; on the aoristic use of γέγονα s. Mlt. 145f; 238; 239; PChantraine, Histoire du parfait grec 1927, 233–45; 3 pl. γέγοναν Ro 16:7 (v.l. γεγόνασιν) and Rv 21:6; s. KBuresch, Γέγοναν: RhM 46, 1891, 193ff; Mlt. 52 n.; ptc. γεγονώς; plpf. 3 sg. ἐγεγόνει (1 Macc. 4:27; 2 Macc. 13:17; J 6:17; Just.), without augment γεγόνει (Ac 4:22; v.l. ἐγεγόνει), s. B-D-F §78; Mlt-H. 190. On the variation γίνομαι and γίγνομαι s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108. A verb with numerous nuances relating to being and manner of being. Its contrast to the more static term εἰμί can be seen in Kaibel 595, 5 οὐκ ἤμην καὶ ἐγενόμην=I was not and then I came to be (cp. Ath. 4, 2 in 3 below).① to come into being through process of birth or natural production, be born, be produced (SIG 1168, 6; Epict. 2, 17, 8; Wsd 7:3; Sir 44:9; Just., A I, 13, 3; Tat. 26, 2) J 8:58; w. ἔκ τινος foll. (Diod S 3, 64, 1; Appian, Basil. 5 §1; Parthenius 1, 4; Athen. 13, 37 p. 576c ἐξ ἑταίρας; PPetr III, 2, 20; PFlor 382, 38 ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ γενόμενος υἱός; 1 Esdr 4:16; Tob 8:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 216) Ro 1:3; Gal 4:4 (cp. 1QS 11:21). Also of plants 1 Cor 15:37. Of fruits ἔκ τινος be produced by a tree Mt 21:19 (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 13 ὁ ἐκ τ. χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος). W. ἀπό τινος foll. Ox 1081 (SJCh), 11 γε̣[ινόμε]νον, 14 γέγ[ονος], 14f γε[ι]νομεν[ον], 19 γέγονος.② to come into existence, be made, be created, be manufactured, be performedⓐ gener. ὸ̔ γέγονεν J 1:3c (s. ref. to Vawter, below); w. διά τινος vs. 3a (MTeschendorf, D. Schöpfungsged. im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 337–72). W. χωρίς τινος vs. 3b (IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 15 [103 A.D.] Ἐμοῦ δὲ χωρὶς γείνετʼ οὐδὲν πώποτε; Cleanthes, Hymn to Zeus 15 [Stoic. I 537=Coll. Alex. no. 1 p. 227] οὐδέ τι γίγνεται ἔργον σοῦ δίχα; note the related style 1QH 1:20; on the syntax of J 1:3f see BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6, who favors a full stop after οὐδὲ ἕν, s. εἷς 2b and lit. cited there on J 1:3). W. ἔκ τινος Hb 11:3. Of cult images διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι made w. hands Ac 19:26 (cp. PRyl 231, 3 [40 A.D.] τοὺς ἄρτους γενέσθαι). Of miracles: be done, take place (Tob 11:15; Wsd 19:13 v.l. Swete) Mt 11:20f, 23; Lk 10:13; Ac 8:13. ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο on whom this miracle had been performed 4:22. W. mention of the author διά τινος (cp. 4 Macc 17:11) 2:43; 4:16, 30; 12:9; 24:2. διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Mk 6:2; Ac 14:3. ὑπό τινος (Herodian 8, 4, 2; OGI 168, 46 [115 B.C.] τὰ γεγονότα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς φιλάνθρωπα; UPZ III, 3, 7 [116 B.C.]; PTebt 786, 14 [II B.C.]; Wsd 9:2; Jos., Ant. 8, 111; 347; Just., D. 35, 8 τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ [Jesus] καὶ νῦν γινομένων δυνάμεων) Lk 9:7 v.l.; 13:17; 23:8; Eph 5:12. Of commands, instructions be fulfilled, performed γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου thy will be done (Appian, Liby. 90 §423 τὸ πρόσταγμα δεῖ γενέσθαι; Syntipas p. 25, 3 γενέσθω τὸ αἴτημα) Mt 6:10; 26:42; Lk 11:2; cp. 22:42. γέγονεν ὸ̔ ἐπέταξας your order has been carried out 14:22. γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν that their demand should be granted 23:24. Of institutions: be established, the Sabbath for the sake of humans Mk 2:27 (Crates, Ep. 24 οὐ γεγόνασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τ. ἵππων χάριν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἵπποι τ. ἀνθρώπων).ⓑ w. mention of the special nature of an undertaking: ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί in order to have such action taken in my case 1 Cor 9:15. ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; what will be done when it (the wood) is dry? Lk 23:31.③ come into being as an event or phenomenon from a point of origin, arise, come about, develop (Alcaeus 23 Diehl2 [320 L-P.] καί κʼ οὐδὲν ἐκ δένος γένοιτο=nothing could originate from nothing; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὸ̓ν)ⓐ of events or phenomena in nature (Sir 40:10; Ex 10:22; Job 40:23; Jos., Ant. 9, 36): lightning, thunder (X., An. 3, 1, 11) J 12:29; Rv 8:5; 11:19; calm (on the sea) Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; Lk 8:24; storm Mk 4:37; a cloud (cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 36) 9:7; Lk 9:34; Hv 4, 3, 7; flood Lk 6:48; earthquake (Parian Marbles [III B.C.]=FGrH: 239B, 24) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Ac 16:26; Rv 6:12; 11:13; 16:18; darkness Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; J 6:17; hail, fire Rv 8:7. Of a dawning day ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο (cp. περὶ ἀρχομένην ἡμέραν ‘about dawn’ Jos., Vi 15: in a related story of shipwreck) Ac 27:39.ⓑ of other occurrences (Arrian, Anab. 4, 4, 3 τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο=the sacrifice did not turn out [favorably]; 1 Macc 1:25; 4:58; 9:27; 13:44; Jdth 7:29; 14:19 al.): complaining Ac 6:1; persecution, oppression Mt 13:21; 24:21; Mk 4:17; 13:19; Ac 11:19; discussion J 3:25; Ac 15:7; tumult Mt 26:5; 27:24; GJs 21:1 and 25:1; a sound Ac 2:2, 6; weeping 20:37; clamor 23:9; Mt 25:6; AcPl Ha 4, 6; famine Lk 4:25; 15:14; Ac 11:28; ὁρμή (q.v.) 14:5; war Rv 12:7; sharp contention Ac 15:39; tear (in a garment) Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21; Lk 6:49; silence (s. σιγή) Ac 21:40; Rv 8:1; στάσις (q.v. 2) Lk 23:19; Ac 15:2; 23:7, 10; concourse 21:30; confusion 19:23; shout, loud voice 2:6; 19:34; Rv 11:15; dispute Lk 22:24; envy, strife 1 Ti 6:4; astonishment AcPl Ha 4, 25; joy 6, 3; prayer 6, 7; offering 6, 37.ⓒ of the various divisions of a day (Jdth 13:1; 1 Macc 5:30; 4 Macc 3:8 al.) γενομένης ἡμέρας when day came (Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 23:12; cp. Lk 6:13; 22:66; Ac 27:29, 33, 39. Difft. Mk 6:21 γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου when a convenient/opportune day arrived. ὀψέ (cp. Gen 29:25; 1 Km 25:37) 11:19. ὀψίας γενομένης Mt 8:16; 14:15, 23; 16:2; 26:20; 27:57; Mk 1:32; 6:47; 14:17; 15:42; cp. J 6:16. πρωί̈ας Mt 27:1; J 21:4. νύξ Ac 27:27. ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης when it had grown late Mk 6:35; cp. 15:33; Lk 22:14; Ac 26:4.④ to occur as process or result, happen, turn out, take place (Dicaearch., Fgm. 102 W.: a campaign ‘takes place’; Diod S 32 Fgm. 9c τὰς εἰς τ. πατέρα γεγενημένας ἁμαρτίας=the misdeeds ‘perpetrated’ against his father; 2 Macc 1:32; 13:17; 3 Macc 1:11; 4:12; 5:17 al.)ⓐ gener. τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν all this took place w. ἵνα foll. Mt 1:22; 26:56. ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται until all has taken place (=is past) 5:18. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα everything that had happened (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 121 §508 τὰ γενόμενα; 1 Esdr 1:10; Jdth 15:1; 1 Macc 4:20; 2 Macc 10:21; 3 Macc 1:17) 18:31; cp. 21:21; 24:6, 20, 34; 26:54; 27:54; 28:11; Mk 5:14. ἴδωμεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ γεγονός let us see this thing that has taken place Lk 2:15 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 15 [Stone p. 40]) θανάτου γενομένου since a death has occurred, i.e. since he has died Hb 9:15. τούτου γενομένου after this had happened (Jos., Ant. 9, 56; 129) Ac 28:9. τὸ γεγονός what had happened (Diod S 12, 49, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 18 §496; Jos., Ant. 14, 292) Lk 8:34; 24:12. τὰ γεγονότα AcPl Ha 11, 1.—μὴ γένοιτο strong negation, in Paul only after rhet. questions (cp. TestJob 38:1; JosAs 25:8; Epict., index p. 540e; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 1, 2, Dial. Meretr. 13, 4; Achilles Tat. 5, 18, 4; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 27) by no means, far from it, God forbid (Goodsp., Probs., 88; AMalherbe, HTR 73, ’80, 231–41) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 6, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21. In more extensive phrasing (the LXX has exx. only of this usage: Gen 44:17; 3 Km 20:3 al.; cp. Josh 22:29; Demosth. 10, 27; Alciphron 2, 5, 3 al.; Ael. Aristid. 23, 80 K.=42 p. 795 D.; 30 p. 578 D.; 54 p. 679 ὸ̔ μὴ γένοιτο) Gal 6:14; w. ἵνα foll. AcPl Ha 7, 40. τί γέγονεν ὅτι (cp. Eccl 7:10) why is it that J 14:22.—Of festivals: be held, take place, come (X., Hell. 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια; 4, 5, 1; 4 Km 23:22f; 2 Macc 6:7) feast of dedication J 10:22; passover Mt 26:2; sabbath Mk 6:2; wedding J 2:1.—Abs. impv. (put twice for emphasis as Lucian, Pisc. 1 βάλλε, βάλλε; Philostrat., Ep. 35, 1 λάβε λάβε; Procop. Soph., Ep. 45) γενηθήτω γενηθήτω so let it be as a closing formula 1 Cor 16:24 v.l. (cp. Herodas 4, 85, where the sacristan closes his prayer to Asclepius with the words: ὧδε ταῦτʼ εἴη=so may it be).—On γένοιτο ἀμήν GJs 6:2 s. ἀμήν 1a.ⓑ w. dat. of pers. affectedα. w. inf. foll. (UPZ 24, 29 al.; 1 Macc 13:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 232) ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι so that he would not have to lose time Ac 20:16.β. w. adv. or adv. phrase added (1 Esdr 6:33) κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν according to your faith let it be done to you, i.e. you believe, and you won’t be disappointed Mt 9:29; cp. 8:13. γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου may that happen to me as you have said Lk 1:38. πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ what had happened to the possessed man Mk 5:16. ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται that it may be well w. you Eph 6:3 (Dt 5:16; cp. Epict. 2, 5, 29 εὖ σοι γένοιτο; Aelian, VH 9, 36). γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done for you as you desire, i.e. your wish is granted Mt 15:28.γ. w. nom. of thing (1 Macc 4:25; Sir 51:17; Ar. 15:5) γίνεταί τινί τι someth. happens to or befalls a person Mk 9:21. ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν σοί τι γένηται lest someth. worse come upon you J 5:14. τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ what has happened to him Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1, 23; AcPl Ha 5, 20). τὸ γεγενημένον αὐτῷ Ac 3:10 D. ἐγίνετο πάσῃ ψυχῄ φόβος fear came upon everyone (cp. Tob 11:18) 2:43. λύπη AcPl Ha 6, 16. Freq. γέγονε ἐμοί τι someth. has come to me= I have someth.: πώρωσις τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν a hardening (of heart) has befallen Israel Ro 11:25; σωτηρία τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γεγένηται GJs 19:2; cp. Lk 19:9; διὰ τὴν ὀπτασίαν τὴν γενομένην Παύλῳ AcPl Ha 3, 15; ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα if a man has a hundred sheep Mt 18:12. τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται those outside receive everything in parables Mk 4:11. μήποτε γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι that you may receive no repayment Lk 14:12; cp. 19:9; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:5.ⓒ w. gen. of pers. (Diod S 16, 64, 2 τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης γεγενημένον ὅρμον=the necklace that had belonged to Helen): ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν the kingdom of the world has come into the possession of our Lord Rv 11:15.ⓓ γίνεταί τι ἐπί τινι someth. happens in the case of or to a person Mk 5:33 v.l.; ἐν v.l. This can also be expressed w. εἴς τινα Ac 28:6 or the double nom. τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter 12:18 (cp. Jos., Vi. 296 οἱ εἴκοσι χρυσοῖ τὶ γεγόνασιν).ⓔ w. inf. foll., to emphasize the actual occurrence of the action denoted by the verb: ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό if it comes about that he finds it= if he actually finds it Mt 18:13 (s. PCatt V, 19f [=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 V] ἐὰν γένηταί με ἀποδημεῖν; PAmh 135, 10; BGU 970, 5). ἐγένετο αὐτὸν παραπορεύεσθαι he happened to be passing Mk 2:23; cp. Lk 6:1, 6. ἐγένετο ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανόν just then the heaven opened Lk 3:21; cp. 16:22 (ἐν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν P75); Ac 4:5; 9:3, 32, 37, 43; 11:26; 14:1; 16:16; 19:1; 21:1, 5; 22:6, 17; 27:44; 28:8 (UPZ 62, 29 [161 B.C.] γίνεται γὰρ ἐντραπῆναι).ⓕ καὶ ἐγένετο (ἐγένετο δέ) periphrastic like וַיְהִי with וַ foll. to indicate the progress of the narrative; it is followed either by a conjunction like ὅτε, ὡς etc., or a gen. abs., or a prepositional constr., and joined to it is a finite verb w. καί (Jdth 5:22; 10:1; Sus 19 Theod.; 1 Macc 1:1; 5:1; Gen 39:7, 13, 19; 42:35; JosAs 11:1; 22:1; AscIs 3:2) Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15 v.l.; Lk 2:15; 5:1, 12, 17; 8:1, 22; 14:1.—Without the second καί (Jdth 2:4; 12:10; 13:12; 1 Macc 6:8; 7:2 v.l.; 9:23; Sus 28 Theod.; Bel 18 Theod.; TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 1 [Stone p. 58] and 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; TestJob 31:1; JosAs 1:1; 3:1) Mt 7:28; 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 1:9; 4:4; Lk 1:8, 23, 41, 59; 2:1, 6, 46; 6:12 al. At times it is followed by an inf. The phrase is usually omitted in translation; older versions transl. it came to pass.—Mlt. 16f; MJohannessohn, Das bibl. καὶ ἐγένετο u. s. Geschichte: ZVS 53, 1926, 161–212 (LXX); s. MDibelius, Gnomon 3, 1927, 446–50; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évangiles 1927, 189–99; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 29–62; JReiling, BT 16, ’65, 153–63; EDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65.⑤ to experience a change in nature and so indicate entry into a new condition, become someth.ⓐ w. nouns (Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri 1915, p. 16, 5 θεὸς ἐγένου ἐξ ἀνθρώπου [IV/III]; Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 5; Sir 51:2; 1 Esdr 4:26; Wsd 8:2; 4 Macc 16:6; En 103:11; Tat. 19, 2 τοῦ θανάτου καταφρονηταὶ γίνεσθε): ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν that you may become sons of your father Mt 5:45; ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων I will turn you into fishers of people Mk 1:17; a traitor Lk 6:16; friends 23:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 121); children of God J 1:12; children of light 12:36; a Christian Ac 26:29; apostle AcPlCor 2:4; a father Ro 4:18; a fool 1 Cor 3:18; a spectacle 4:9; a man, an adult 13:11 (Tob 1:9); a curse Gal 3:13. οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα he did not exalt himself to be made high priest Hb 5:5; ἐγένετο ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ Σαμουήλ Samuel became (high priest) in his place GJs 10:2. W. double nom. (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 3, 15 δράκων λίθος ἐγένετο; Quint. Smyrn. 12, 507; Bel 28; 4 Macc 18:7) οἱ λίθοι ἄρτοι γίνονται the stones turn into loaves Mt 4:3. τὸ αἵμα αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον GJs 24:3. ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (the reverse PBerl 13044, col. III, 28ff [UWilcken, SBBerlAk 1923, 161f] τί ποιῶν ἄν τις γένοιτο θεός;). τὸ ὕδωρ γενήσεται πηγή 4:14. ἡ περιτομὴ ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν Ro 2:25. ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος I became a courier Col 1:23 (cp. Herodian 2, 6, 8 ἀνὴρ ἔπαρχος γενόμενος).—Also γ. εἴς τι (Menand., Peric. 49f Kö. [169f S.] τὸ κακὸν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ῥέπει γινόμενον; 1 Km 4:9; Jdth 5:18; 1 Macc 2:11, 43; 3:58; En 19:2 al.; B-D-F §145, 1): ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον it became a tree Lk 13:19; εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (all in ref. to Ps 117:22); εἰς χαρὰν γ. change (or, turn) into joy J 16:20. εἰς οὐδέν come to nothing Ac 5:36. εἰς παγίδα Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23); εἰς κενὸν γ. be done in vain 1 Th 3:5. εἰς ἄψινθον Rv 8:11. Cp. AcPl Ha 6, 6. Also w. γίνεσθαι omitted: εἰς κατάκριμα (sc. ἐγένετο τὸ κρίμα) Ro 5:18.ⓑ used w. an adj. to paraphrase the passive (Jdth 11:11; 1 Esdr 7:3; 2 Macc 3:34; Sus 64 Theod.; En 103:9; Ath. 37, 1 πάντων ὑποχειρίων γιγνομένων): ἁπαλὸν γ. become tender Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; ἀπειθῆ γ. Ac 26:19; ἀποσυνάγωγον γ. be expelled fr. the synagogue J 12:42; ἄφαντον γ. disappear Lk 24:31; σκωληκόβρωτον γ. be eaten by worms Ac 12:23; γνωστόν, φανερὸν γ. become known (Just., A I, 63, 6) Mk 6:14; Ac 1:19; 9:42; 19:17; 1 Cor 3:13; 14:25; Phil 1:13; δόκιμον γ. pass the test Js 1:12; ἑδραῖον γ. 1 Cor 15:58; ἔκδηλον γ. 2 Ti 3:9; AcPlCor 1:16; ἔξυπνον γ. Ac 16:27 (1 Esdr 3:3=Jos., Ant. 11:34); s. ἀπόπληκτος, ἐλεύθερος, ἐμφανής, ἔμφοβος, ἐνεργής, ἔντρομος, καθαρός, μέγας, περιδάκρυτος, περικρατής, πλήρης, πρηνής, τυφλός, ὑγιής, ὑπήκοος, ὑπόδικος, φανερός 1.ⓒ w. ἐν of a state of being (Stoic. III 221, 16; Diod S 20, 62, 4 ἐν ἀνέσει γ.; Plut., Tit. Flam. 378 [16, 1] ἐν ὀργῇ γ.; Lucian, Tim. 28; PPetr II, 20; III, 12 [252 B.C.] ἐν ἐπισχέσει γ.; BGU 5 II, 19 ἐν νόσῳ; POxy 471 IV, 77f; 4 Km 9:20; 1 Macc 1:27 v.l.; Sus 8 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 320, Ant. 16, 372; Mel., P. 18 ἐν πόνοις … ἐν πληγαῖς etc.) ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ Lk 22:44. ἐν ἐκστάσει Ac 22:17. ἐν πνεύματι under the Spirit’s influence Rv 1:10; 4:2; AcPl Ha 6, 28. ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων be like human beings Phil 2:7. ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, φόβῳ, τρόμῳ 1 Cor 2:3. ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:7. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. come to one’s senses (Soph., Phil. 950; X., An. 1, 5, 17; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11) Ac 12:11; γ. ἐν Χριστῷ be a Christian Ro 16:7. Cp. 7 below.⑥ to make a change of location in space, moveⓐ εἴς τι (Hdt. 5, 87 al.; Philo, Op. M. 86; 2 Macc 1:13; also ἐν: Just., A II, 9, 3 ἐγενόμεθα ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπω): εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα γ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 42) Ac 20:16; 21:17; 25:15. εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν Hv 3, 1, 4. Of a voice: ἐγένετο εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου reached my ear Lk 1:44. Fig. (cp. Bar 4:28) of Abraham’s blessing εἰς τὰ ἔθνη come to the Gentiles Gal 3:14; cp. 2 Cor 8:14 (s. περίσσευμα 1, ὑστέρημα 1).ⓑ ἔκ τινος (Job 28:2): γ. ἐκ μέσου be removed, Lat. e medio tolli (cp. Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 6 ἐκ μέσου γενομένων ἐκείνων; Plut., Timol. 238 [5, 3]; Achilles Tat. 2, 27, 2) 2 Th 2:7 (HFulford, ET 23, 1912, 40f: ‘leave the scene’). Of a voice fr. heaven: ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν γ. sound forth fr. heaven (2 Macc 2:21; cp. Da 4:31 Theod.) Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; 9:35; cp. vs. 36.ⓒ ἐπί τι: ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον go to the tomb Lk 24:22; ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς when he was at the steps Ac 21:35. Of fear that befalls someone (2 Macc 12:22) Lk 1:65; 4:36; Ac 5:5. Of ulcers: break out on someone Rv 16:2 (Ex 9:10f). Of divine commands: go out to someone Lk 3:2. ἐπί is somet. used w. the gen. (Appian, Liby. 93 §440; Alex. Aphr., Mixt. II 2 p. 213, 21) instead of the acc.: γενόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου when he had arrived at the place 22:40 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18 ἐπὶ τ. τόπων γινόμενος).—J 6:21.ⓓ w. κατά and gen. of place: τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας the message that has spread throughout all Judea Ac 10:37. W. acc. of place (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 15; Apollon. Paradox. 3 κατὰ τόπους γ.; Jos., Ant. I, 174; cp. 2 Macc 9:8): γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν τόπον Lk 10:32; γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον Ac 27:7.ⓔ w. πρός and acc. of the direction and goal (PLond III, 962, 1 p. 210 [III A.D.] γενοῦ πρὸς Ἄταϊν τὸν ποιμένα; PFlor 180, 45) 1 Cor 2:3; 2J 12. Of divine instructions be given to someone (Gen 15:1, 4; Jer 1:2, 11; 13:8; Ezk 6:1; Hos 1:1; cp. ἐπί w. acc.) J 10:35; Ac 7:31 v.l.; 10:13; 13:32.ⓕ w. σύν and the dat. join someone (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 8; 2 Macc 13:13) Lk 2:13.ⓖ w. ἐγγύς (X., An. 1, 8, 8, Cyr. 7, 1, 7; cp. γίν. πλησίον Philo, Mos. 1, 228; Jos., Ant. 4, 40): ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου γίνεσθαι come close to the boat J 6:19. Fig. of the relation of believers to Christ: come near Eph 2:13.ⓗ w. ὧδε come here J 6:25;ⓘ ἔμπροσθέν τινος γ. J 1:15, 30 s. on ἔμπροσθεν 1bζ and ὀπίσω 2b.⑦ to come into a certain state or possess certain characteristics, to be, prove to be, turn out to be (on relation to the forms of εἰμί [here and in 8–10] s. ALink, StKr 69, 1896, 420ff). Used w. the nom. (Wsd 16:3; Jdth 16:21; Sir 31:22; 1 Macc 3:58) γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι be prudent Mt 10:16. ἄκαρπος γίνεται 13:22; Mk 4:19.—W. other words: vs. 22; 9:50; Lk 1:2; 2:2; 6:36 and very oft. Freq. the dat. of advantage (dat. commodi) is added (1 Macc 10:47; 2 Macc 7:37; 4 Macc 6:28; 12:17): ἀγαπητόν τινι γ. be dear to someone 1 Th 2:8. ἀπρόσκοπον γ. τινι be inoffensive to someone 1 Cor 10:32; γ. τινι μαθητήν J 15:8; μισθαποδότην γ. τινι be a rewarder of someone Hb 11:6; γ. ὁδηγόν τινι Ac 1:16. Cp. παρηγορία, σημεῖον, τύπος.—γ. ὁμοθυμαδόν come together in unanimity or reach unanimity Ac 15:25.—τὶ γίνεταί τινί τι a thing results in someth. for someone τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγ. θάνατος; Ro 7:13. ἡ ἐξουσία πρόσκομμα τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 Cor 8:9.—γίνομαι ὡς, ὥσπερ, ὡσεί τις (Ps 21:15; 31:9; 37:15; 82:11; 87:5 al.) be, become, show oneself like Mt 6:16; 10:25; 18:3; 28:4; Lk 22:26, 44; 1 Cor 4:13; 9:20f; Gal 4:12. καθὼς ἐγένετο … οὕτως ἔσται as it was … so it will be Lk 17:26, 28. οὐ χρὴ ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι this should not be so Js 3:10. ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν ἐγενήθημεν we proved/showed ourselves … toward you 1 Th 2:10.—In statements pert. to age (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 16 γεγονότα [sc. τὸν Πυθαγόραν] ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα; Demetr. of Phaleron [IV–III B.C.], Fgm. 153 Wehrli [’49]; Demetr: 722 Fgm. 1, 1 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 10, 50) ἐτῶν δώδεκα Lk 2:42; cp. 1 Ti 5:9.—Here prob. also belongs ἐγένετο γνώμης he decided Ac 20:3 (cp. Plut., Phoc. 752 [23, 4] ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γ.; Cass. Dio 61, 14 τ. ἐπιθυμίας γ.; Jos., Bell. 6, 287).⑧ to be present at a given time, be there ([Ps.-]Jos., Ant. 18, 63) Mk 1:4; J 1:6, hence exist (Diod S 3, 52, 4 γέγονε γένη γυναικῶν=there have been nations of women; Appian, Maced. 18 §3 τὸ χρυσίον τὸ γιγνόμενον=the gold that was at hand; Bar 3:26; 2 Macc 10:24) Ro 11:5; 1J 2:18. ἐγένετο there lived Lk 1:5. ἔν τινι 2 Pt 2:1. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Rv 16:18 (Da 12:1 Theod.).⑨ to be closely related to someone or someth., belong toⓐ gen. of the possessor (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 79 §336 a slave γεγένητο Πομπηίου=had belonged to Pompey: B-D-F §162, 7) belong to someone Lk 20:14, 33 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 83 §350 γυνὴ Κράσσου γεγενημένη=who had been the wife of [the younger] Crassus).ⓑ w. dat. of pers. belong to someone (PPetr II, 40b, 7 [277 B.C.]; O. Wilck II, 1530, 2f [120 B.C.] τὸ γινόμενόν μοι=what belongs to me) of a woman ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ Ro 7:3f (cp. Ruth 1:12f; Dt 24:2).ⓒ w. prep. μετά τινος (Josh 2:19) Ac 9:19; 20:18. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his intimate friends Mk 16:10. πρός τινα be w. someone 1 Cor 16:10 ( make him [Timothy] feel quite at home with you Mft.) ὑπό τινα be under the authority of someone or someth. (1 Macc 10:38) Gal 4:4.ⓓ Here perh. belongs ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται it is not a matter of private interpretation 2 Pt 1:20.⑩ to be in or at a place, be in, be thereⓐ ἔν τινι to designate one’s present or future place of residence (X., An. 4, 3, 29; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 4 §15 Ἀντώνιος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ γενόμενος; Aelian, VH 4, 15; Herodian 2, 2, 5; POxy 283, 11; 709, 6 ἐν Μένφει γενόμενος; PTebt 416, 3; BGU 731 II, 6 ἐν οἰκίᾳ μου; Num 11:35; Judg 17:4; 1 Ch 14:17; Jdth 5:7 al. Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.) Mt 26:6; Mk 9:33; Ac 7:38; 13:5; 2 Ti 1:17; Rv 1:9; AcPl Ha 7, 23.ⓑ w. adv.: ἐκεῖ (X., An. 6, 5, 20; 3 Km 8:8 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 10, 180) Ac 19:21. κατὰ μόνας Mk 4:10.—B. 637. DELG s.v. γίγνομαι. M-M. TW.
См. также в других словарях:
Negation — For other uses, see Negation (disambiguation). In logic and mathematics, negation, also called logical complement, is an operation on propositions, truth values, or semantic values more generally. Intuitively, the negation of a proposition is… … Wikipedia
Minimal negation operator — In logic and mathematics, the minimal negation operator u! is a multigrade operator ( u {k}) {k in mathbb{N where each u {k}! is a k ary boolean function defined in such a way that u {k}(x 1, ldots , x k) = 1 if and only if exactly one of the… … Wikipedia
Logical conjunction — ∧ redirects here. For exterior product, see exterior algebra. Venn diagram of … Wikipedia
Boolean algebra (logic) — For other uses, see Boolean algebra (disambiguation). Boolean algebra (or Boolean logic) is a logical calculus of truth values, developed by George Boole in the 1840s. It resembles the algebra of real numbers, but with the numeric operations of… … Wikipedia
First-order logic — is a formal logical system used in mathematics, philosophy, linguistics, and computer science. It goes by many names, including: first order predicate calculus, the lower predicate calculus, quantification theory, and predicate logic (a less… … Wikipedia
Complexity class — In computational complexity theory, a complexity class is a set of problems of related resource based complexity. A typical complexity class has a definition of the form: the set of problems that can be solved by an abstract machine M using… … Wikipedia
Craig interpolation — In mathematical logic, Craig s interpolation theorem is a result about the relationship between different logical theories. Roughly stated, the theorem says that if a formula φ implies a formula ψ then there is a third formula ρ, called an… … Wikipedia
positivism — positivist, adj., n. positivistic, adj. positivistically, adv. /poz i teuh viz euhm/, n. 1. the state or quality of being positive; definiteness; assurance. 2. a philosophical system founded by Auguste Comte, concerned with positive facts and… … Universalium
T-norm fuzzy logics — are a family of non classical logics, informally delimited by having a semantics which takes the real unit interval [0, 1] for the system of truth values and functions called t norms for permissible interpretations of conjunction. They are mainly … Wikipedia
Propositional calculus — In mathematical logic, a propositional calculus or logic (also called sentential calculus or sentential logic) is a formal system in which formulas of a formal language may be interpreted as representing propositions. A system of inference rules… … Wikipedia
Boolean algebra — This article discusses the subject referred to as Boolean algebra. For the mathematical objects, see Boolean algebra (structure). Boolean algebra, as developed in 1854 by George Boole in his book An Investigation of the Laws of Thought,[1] is a… … Wikipedia
